CDE Appendix 1 Literature Review - Central East Local Health ...
CDE Appendix 1 Literature Review - Central East Local Health ...
CDE Appendix 1 Literature Review - Central East Local Health ...
Create successful ePaper yourself
Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.
<strong>Appendix</strong> 1:<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Equity <strong>Literature</strong><br />
<strong>Review</strong>:<br />
Frameworks, Policies, Standards, Accountability & Quality<br />
Assurance Mechanisms, Training & Education<br />
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY<br />
The literature review of the Culture, Diversity and Equity Project draws on academic and grey 1 literature from local,<br />
national and international contexts in the following areas:<br />
• Policies and frameworks regarding health equity and cultural competence;<br />
• Documents on accountability, compliance, quality assurance agreements and other auditing tools to help ensure<br />
effective implementation of policies; and<br />
• Frameworks and standards for cultural competence education and training.<br />
The review gave priority to literature from North America, Europe, Australia and New Zealand because of<br />
similarities and transferability of findings to the Canadian context.<br />
This review is organized into three main parts:<br />
• PART I: <strong>Health</strong> Equity Frameworks and Policies;<br />
• PART II: Accountability, Compliance and Quality Assurance; and<br />
• PART III: Cultural Competence Education and Training.<br />
Part 1: <strong>Health</strong> Equity Frameworks and Policies<br />
Towards a Definition of <strong>Health</strong> In/equity<br />
There are different yet overlapping definitions of health equity and health inequity. In the Canadian context, the<br />
terms health disparity and health in/equity are frequently used, whereas in the UK/European context, health<br />
inequality is the recurring term, tending to relate health inequity to socio-economic status (SES). In the US, health or<br />
health care disparity is frequently used, in a way that evokes social divisions along racial and ethnic lines.<br />
<strong>Health</strong> inequity is defined as “those inequalities in health that are deemed to be unfair or stemming from<br />
some form of injustice” (The <strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group, 2004). It is also often defined as “those health<br />
differences that are avoidable, unnecessary and unfair” (Whitehead, 1998).<br />
Unlike health inequality or health disparity, health in/equity implies an ethical judgment, one that calls for action in<br />
the form of public policy intervention.<br />
At the core of discussions of health in/equity is the clear acknowledgement that certain health disparities are<br />
justifiable or unavoidable: for example, those that are self-inflicted or which result from biological inheritance. This<br />
review of international health equity policies makes clear the importance of articulating the ethical criteria by which<br />
to distinguish between just and unjust health inequalities.<br />
It also emphasizes the importance of forming a common language and ethics of health equity in Ontario, one that<br />
will make it possible to agree upon policy goals, commitments, and agreed-upon standards for judging progress.<br />
1<br />
The term grey literature is used to describe non-academic literature that is not easily found through regular channels.
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Frameworks<br />
Three main types of health equity frameworks emerged in the literature. Each of these frameworks approaches the<br />
problems to be tackled in slightly different ways. Though they are not explicitly named this way in the literature, we<br />
can refer to these overarching frameworks as:<br />
• <strong>Health</strong> equity frameworks;<br />
• <strong>Health</strong> care equity frameworks; and<br />
• <strong>Health</strong> equity in health care frameworks.<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Equity Frameworks<br />
<strong>Health</strong> equity frameworks are concerned with reducing disparities in health status broadly conceived and measured<br />
in terms of mortality and morbidity statistics, etc.<br />
Such frameworks focus on all potential determinants of health status, including those that extend beyond the health<br />
care system. These frameworks are exemplified by the WHO’s 2008 Closing the Gap Framework, New Zealand’s<br />
2002 Framework for Reducing Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong> and the Canadian Institute of <strong>Health</strong> Research’s (CIHR) 2002<br />
Population <strong>Health</strong> Framework.<br />
<strong>Health</strong> equity frameworks generally point towards ‘whole-of-government’ approaches to addressing health status<br />
inequities, since many of the strongest determinants of health status are located ‘upstream’ from the health care<br />
sector in broad social, political, and economic policies (e.g., poverty reduction). <strong>Health</strong> equity frameworks can be<br />
further subdivided between those that are primarily theoretical, exploring the causes and determinants of health<br />
status, and those that are focused more directly on evidenced-based intervention strategies (‘strategic intervention<br />
frameworks’).<br />
What makes the health equity frameworks discussed in this review so effective is that they:<br />
• Adopt a holistic understanding/definition of ‘health’ which enables them to recommend a wider range of<br />
preventative and health-promoting interventions beyond traditional medical-model approaches (that concentrate<br />
solely on treating individual illness); and<br />
• Ground proposed policy interventions in scientific and theoretical evidence, permitting more productive<br />
dialogues between stakeholders.<br />
Among the major limitations of such frameworks is the fact they bring into policy consideration various<br />
determinants of health that are beyond the immediate control of the health care sector such as poverty. Many such<br />
frameworks - at least from the more limited and immediate health care service/system vantage point - are better at<br />
identifying problems than offering solutions.<br />
In fact, the broad diagnoses and prognoses gained from these frameworks often require extensive intersectoral<br />
collaboration with stewardship at a national level, which itself poses many challenges, due to the structural<br />
organization of government along departmental lines (see WHO, 2008; Public <strong>Health</strong> Agency of Canada, 2007;<br />
PHAC & WHO, 2008).<br />
<strong>Health</strong> care Equity Frameworks<br />
<strong>Health</strong> care equity frameworks are concerned more narrowly with inequities in the accessibility and quality of health<br />
care services. They focus on disparities between advantaged and disadvantaged populations that can be traced back<br />
to the health care system: this includes, for example, access to primary care physicians and health practitioner<br />
stereotyping/racism, leading to inequitable diagnoses and treatment.<br />
3
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
The primary example of health care equity frameworks are cultural competence frameworks. Particularly dominant<br />
in the US, such frameworks address issues of culture in health care services in order to reduce healthcare disparities<br />
(and as a consequence, health status disparities).<br />
<strong>Health</strong> care equity frameworks have the great advantage of ‘do-ability,’ due to their more narrow focus on the role<br />
of the health care sector in reducing health care inequities. Moreover, cultural competence frameworks pay close<br />
attention to the often neglected role of cross-cultural dynamics in negatively impacting the accessibility and quality<br />
of health care services received by cultural minorities or marginalized populations.<br />
However, the narrow focus on healthcare inequities invites many critics, who cite considerable research evidence.<br />
<strong>Health</strong> care inequity approaches are repeatedly subject to the following criticisms:<br />
• The most important determinants of health that lie ‘upstream’ from the healthcare sector are not engaged;<br />
• <strong>Health</strong> care inequities play a relatively minor role in explaining health status disparities more generally;<br />
• The scope of policy options and interventions is seriously limited by such a narrow focus, diminishing the<br />
ability to reduce health status inequalities.<br />
• Policymakers are forever in a reactive mode, playing catch up, since pursuing ‘downstream’ strategies is like<br />
patching a structurally compromised leaking bucket: just as old holes are filled, new holes quickly open up<br />
(further upstream);<br />
• Individuals must fall ill before health care inequity approaches can begin to make their impact, which<br />
reproduces illness-centred models of health.<br />
Cultural competence approaches, more specifically, have ongoing limitations, i.e., their:<br />
• Excessive focus on individual-level cultural competencies to the neglect of organizational and system-level<br />
forms of cultural competency. While competencies at the frontline individual service level are highly important,<br />
agency and structural-level competencies should also be considered, since they condition and constrain<br />
possibilities for cultural competence at the frontline provider level;<br />
• Tendency to restrict concerns with ‘culture’ to ethnic and racial dimensions of cultural difference;<br />
• Use of definitions of ‘culture’ that assume cultural consensus and homogeneity, thus failing to appreciate the<br />
complex, intersectional nature of individual social and cultural experience and identity (intersectionalities).<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Equity in <strong>Health</strong> care Frameworks<br />
The third type of framework identified in this literature review bridges the two other approaches; it is called the<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Equity in <strong>Health</strong> care Frameworks. These are fundamentally concerned with reducing inequities in health<br />
status (conceived broadly), except that they focus on policy interventions that can be achieved from within the<br />
confines of the health care system (as per health care equity frameworks).<br />
Whereas health equity frameworks tend to be entirely concerned with reducing inequities in health status (often<br />
promoting whole-of-government approaches), and health care equity with reducing inequities in health care (e.g.<br />
quality and access), health equity in health care frameworks are concerned with disparities in health status and<br />
they propose solutions more squarely (though not exclusively) within the parameters of the health care system.<br />
By focusing on the broader determinants of health status, yet from the standpoint of the health care system, such<br />
approaches:<br />
• Widen the range of potential policy options pursued by the health care system (for instance, enabling a focus on<br />
community-based, health promotion initiatives etc.); and<br />
• Remain grounded within the more immediate spheres of strategic possibility of the health care system.<br />
4
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
The two examples of health equity in health care frameworks discussed in this review are intervention-focused<br />
frameworks. One of their limitations is their lack of an explicitly elaborated conceptual model that gives scientific<br />
and theoretical details of the multi-level, causal pathways of health in/equity.<br />
Suggested Features of a <strong>Health</strong> Equity Framework<br />
An ideal health equity framework should have certain features or characteristics. For example, it:<br />
• Combines an evidence-based conceptual/causation model of health determinants with a practical intervention<br />
framework;<br />
• Focuses on disparities in health status, broadly conceived, yet begins from the standpoint of the health care<br />
system and its strategic levers of power (while also seeking to collaborate with other stakeholders in other<br />
sectors wherever possible); and<br />
• Takes a patient-centred approach that addresses issues of cultural and linguistic competence as a fundamental<br />
health care quality and access issue, while also being sensitive to issues of power and the intersecting nature of<br />
marginalization.<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Equity Policies<br />
Internationally, policy interventions are fundamentally shaped by the three frameworks discussed above. Debate<br />
over health equity policy revolves around justifications, objectives, scope, use of evidence, and points of<br />
intervention (adapted from Mackenbach et al., 2002b).<br />
Justification: The two main justifications for health equity policies are:<br />
• <strong>Health</strong> inequalities are in contradiction of the values of fairness and justice; and<br />
• Reducing inequalities in health leads to better average health outcomes for the population as a whole.<br />
Objectives: The goal of health equity policy tends to be framed in one of two ways, as either the achievement of<br />
absolute health equity or simply the reduction of health inequities. If the latter, it must then be defined whether this<br />
is a reduction of inequalities in health status or in the health care system access more narrowly.<br />
Scope: The main differences in health equity policies in this respect concern the breadth and scope of diversity<br />
groups considered (e.g., race, ethnicity, gender, and/or socioeconomic status, etc.); and the breadth and scope of<br />
organizational/system functions engaged through health equity policies (e.g., merely human resources, or strategy<br />
and policy, services, procurement, leadership, etc.)<br />
Use of Evidence: Policies can be further differentiated according to the degree to which scientific ‘evidence’ plays<br />
an influencing role.<br />
Entry Points for Intervention: <strong>Health</strong> equity policy interventions can be focused ‘upstream’ (e.g. intersectoral<br />
action on broad social determinants of health such as housing, employment etc.) or ‘downstream’ (e.g. health care<br />
access issues). This, and whether to prioritize universal and/or targeted (selectivist) approaches (e.g., focusing<br />
interventions on the most disadvantaged populations, or supporting ethno-specific service provision etc.), are part of<br />
an ongoing debate.<br />
International policy trends in these and other respects are covered in this literature review, along with case studies of<br />
good practice.<br />
The United Kingdom government is the leader among nations tackling health inequalities through a concerted,<br />
broad, whole-of-government approach that is informed by a health equity policy framework. The United States, on<br />
the other hand, is leading the way in cultural competence policies and standards, though approaches rarely reach<br />
beyond a health care equity framework.<br />
5
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Canada, although an intellectual leader in research on health equity (from a health promotion and population health<br />
perspective), has failed to develop concrete health equity policies and political leadership on the issue of health<br />
disparities. There are promising developments in this respect however, such as the formation of an intergovernmental<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group and growing attention to health equity in the Ontario Provincial<br />
Ministry of <strong>Health</strong> and Long Term Care (MOHLTC) and <strong>Local</strong> <strong>Health</strong> Integration Networks (LHIN) contexts.<br />
Policy Lessons From Around the World<br />
A review of international health equity policy literature provides a number of key policy lessons:<br />
• Academic, governmental, and community collaboration in the realm of health in/equity is critical to advancing<br />
health equity policy.<br />
• The most effective approaches to health equity combine and incorporate, in varying degrees:<br />
• <strong>Health</strong> equity and health care equity policy objectives;<br />
• Upstream, midstream and downstream (‘all stream’) policy interventions; and<br />
• Universalist and selectivist approaches.<br />
This is partly due to the political acceptability of such broad, compound approaches which can appeal to<br />
multiple audiences and constituencies across the political spectrum (depending on their emphases). <strong>Health</strong><br />
equity policies should strategically align themselves, wherever possible, with national and local political/policy<br />
contexts to gain traction;<br />
• Policy objectives should be clearly articulated in achievable, measurable terms;<br />
• Policies should base themselves on evidence of what causes health inequity and what remedies or prevents<br />
health inequity (i.e., appropriate and successful interventions). In the absence of evidence, pilot demonstration<br />
projects, and their evaluation, are crucial. However, evidence is not enough, and policy choices must also be<br />
made upon ethical priorities and commitments; and<br />
• The health care sector should play a leading role in advancing a broad intersectoral health equity policy agenda<br />
that addresses social determinants of health. Intersectoral collaboration has been shown to be fundamental to the<br />
success of a comprehensive health equity policy.<br />
Part 2: Accountability, Compliance and Quality Assurance<br />
Part II examines the means of ensuring accountability and compliance with respect to health equity policies and<br />
objectives, and quality assurance strategies.<br />
The ways in which health equity policies and strategies are formulated can greatly impact their realization and how<br />
accountability is established. It is particularly important to:<br />
• Articulate clear and realistic policy objectives in terms that can be measured and made operational;<br />
• Establish concrete action plans that clarify what will be done, by when and by whom, and how success will be<br />
measured;<br />
• Include diverse stakeholders (including community stakeholders) in the policy development process; and<br />
• Ensure compliance and accountability through leadership and governance arrangements.<br />
Governance for health equity strategies should extend to the highest authority in the health care service system (‘the<br />
tree top’) to ensure:<br />
• Coherent integration of health equity concerns across all policy, program, service/function areas;<br />
• Effective performance management across the system; and<br />
• <strong>Local</strong> relevance of decisions, services, and public accountability by involving and supporting the ‘grassroots’<br />
and building on their insights and experience.<br />
6
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
To ensure system-wide compliance and accountability, health equity policies and strategies should be integrated into<br />
existing performance management systems. In this regard, health equity impact assessments are a promising tool for:<br />
• ‘Mainstreaming’ accountability across an entire organization (versus siloing responsibility only with<br />
specialists); and<br />
• Ensuring that all policy/program areas consider the impact of their interventions on various diverse groups (not<br />
just the one that the policy/program is focused on).<br />
Policies should also be monitored by a corporate level oversight body to assure and monitor progress and coordinate<br />
efforts for eliminating disparities.<br />
The Role of the LHINs<br />
The major ‘levers’ currently available to the LHINs for managing performance are their:<br />
• Funding and allocation powers;<br />
• <strong>Local</strong> health system planning and contracting role (e.g., Integrated <strong>Health</strong> Service Plans; LHIN-Provider service<br />
accountability agreements etc.); and<br />
• Potential oversight role regarding compliance with health equity policy objectives as reflected in service plan<br />
agreements.<br />
Establishing accountability and quality assurance depends on continuing measurement, evaluation, and reporting of<br />
progress in relation to health equity policy objectives. As part of its service plan agreements, the LHIN can, for<br />
instance, require:<br />
• Annual targets per health equity policy goals and objectives;<br />
• Ongoing performance monitoring and control action; and<br />
• Regular reporting on progress to both the LHIN and the public (e.g., annual report cards).<br />
The LHINs could play a critical role in delivering the capacity that makes compliance possible:<br />
• Provide and/or support training initiatives;<br />
• Develop health equity/cultural competence ‘guidelines’ and standards for care; and<br />
• Assist and coordinate existing health equity researchers and research units in intelligence gathering and<br />
exchanges.<br />
The health care system’s licensing and accreditation agencies, although beyond the direct control of the LHINs, can<br />
also play a quality assurance role. For example, they could require health care providers to meet health<br />
equity/cultural competence ‘standards’ as a condition of licensing and/or accreditation (Exworthy et al., 2006;<br />
Betancourt et al., 2002; Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong>, 2001).<br />
Part 3: Cultural Competence Education and Training<br />
While there is significant variation in the specific content of cultural competence training initiatives, they tend to<br />
focus on three main areas:<br />
• Attitudes;<br />
• Knowledge; and<br />
• Skills (Sue et al., 1992, 1996; Curtis, Dreachslin, & Sinioris, 2007; California Endowment, 2003; Haarmans,<br />
2004).<br />
7
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Though not all training frameworks cover all of these areas equally, this tripartite framework for cultural<br />
competence training has been likened to a three-legged stool: “the structure would fail if one ‘leg was missing”<br />
(California Endowment, 2003).<br />
Educational initiatives and curriculum for medical/health-care professionals, in US post-secondary institutions,<br />
increasingly incorporate cultural competence standards. This contrasts with the trend in continuous education and<br />
professional training for existing health care professionals.<br />
A 2004 paper in the Journal of the American Medical Association, for instance, found that among nearly 8,000<br />
graduate medical educational programs surveyed in the United States, 50.7 percent offered cultural competence<br />
training in 2003–2004. This was up from 35.7 percent in 2000–2001 (Brotherton, 2004 cited in Betancourt et al.,<br />
2005). Unfortunately, no corresponding study exists in the Canadian context.<br />
The reason for this transformation may be a combination of ‘stick’ and ‘carrot’ approaches that the LHINs would do<br />
well to adopt in its continuing educational initiatives for health professionals (Betancourt et al., 2005).<br />
The ‘stick,’ in this respect, has taken the form of increasing regulatory pressures and the introduction of cultural<br />
competence accreditation standards since 2002. In that year, the US Liaison Committee on Medical Education<br />
(LCME) introduced the first official cultural competence accreditation standard requiring that all medical schools<br />
integrate cultural competence into their curricula.<br />
The US Accreditation Council of Graduate Medical Education (ACGME) has also introduced cultural competence<br />
standards for residency programs (see ACGME, 2004). New Jersey has gone even further with the ‘stick approach,’<br />
passing legislation in 2005 requiring cultural competence education as a condition for licenses to health care<br />
professionals (see Salas-Lopez et al., 2007; also see Baquet et al., 2004).<br />
The ‘carrot approach’ has also helped to move cultural competence forward in the medical education field. In 2004,<br />
the New York State of <strong>Health</strong> modified its $33 million per year Graduate Medical Education Reform Incentive Pool<br />
to “reward residency programs that provide eight hours of cultural competence training to at least 80 percent of<br />
residents” (New York State Dept of <strong>Health</strong>, 2004 cited in Betancourt et al., 2005). Demonstrating the effectiveness<br />
of this ‘carrot’ approach, “[i]n the first year, 66 of the 104 residency programs in New York State proposed new<br />
cultural competence curricula” (ibid.). A similar method could be used by the LHINs by means of their funding<br />
leverage.<br />
Cultural competence training for practicing health care professionals, by contrast, remains “haphazard and varying<br />
in quality.” This is largely due to the lack of agreed-upon evaluative criteria for assessing cultural competence<br />
training (California Endowment, 2003).<br />
The development of training standards in continuous educational contexts is a key area for future research. In the<br />
meantime, standards and evaluative tools (such as the Tool for Assessment of Cultural Competence Training) for<br />
medical school cultural competence education could be adapted to continuous learning contexts.<br />
One of the greatest limitations of the existing cultural competence training literature is the lack of empirical<br />
evidence substantiating the effectiveness of cultural competence training interventions. The impact of training is<br />
rarely evaluated, and is done so using poor methodological design. Without scientific evidence it remains difficult to<br />
determine which cultural competence training most effectively improves health outcomes for disadvantaged,<br />
marginalized and/or ethno-racial minority clients.<br />
While there is evidence that diversity and cultural competence training can change attitudes, research suggests that<br />
this alone does not translate into behavioural change or better client health outcomes. According to recent<br />
assessment by Curtis et al (2007), too many of the existing cultural competence training initiatives for health care<br />
professionals still begin and end with awareness-building.<br />
8
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Moreover, the literature suggests that:<br />
• Cultural competence training needs to guard against teaching strategies that stereotype and therefore minimize<br />
the complexities of individual social and cultural identification; and<br />
• Training must not be treated as a substitute for real organizational change.<br />
Best practices and recommendations relating to cultural competence training include:<br />
• Focus on skills in training modules and not only attitudes and knowledge. The cultural competency<br />
literature underlines the importance of employing a practice oriented, skills-based training approach, one that<br />
focuses on the specific skill sets needed to function in a culturally competent manner in one’s work<br />
environment (Engerbretso et al., 2008; Curtis et al., 2007; Haarmans, 2004);<br />
• Take a systems approach to cultural competence training. This means connecting and integrating training<br />
with the cultural competence strategic goals of the organization. A systems approach, in this respect, requires<br />
the following steps:<br />
• [1] Determine diversity and cultural competence goals in the context of strategy;<br />
• [2] Measure current performance against needs;<br />
• [3] Design training to address the gap;<br />
• [4] Implement the training;<br />
• [5] Assess training effectiveness; and<br />
• [6] Strive for continuous improvement” (Curtis et al., 2007).<br />
• A systems approach to training helps to ensure that training objectives focus on the specific skills and<br />
behaviours (i.e., not just attitudes) required to achieve organizational-level cultural competence.<br />
• Evaluate training programs for their impact on trainees’ behaviour/performance and clients’ health outcomes<br />
using validated evaluation tools (Gozu et al., 2007; Curtis et al., 2007). Evaluation methodologies should use<br />
experimental (i.e., control groups) designs and/or, at a minimum, pre/post-test designs (testing for skills,<br />
knowledge and attitudes before and after training).<br />
• Keep up to date with the training literature and develop evidence-based standards and evaluative tools<br />
for cultural competency training and skills assessment (Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong>, 2001; Betancourt et al.,<br />
2005).<br />
Finally, training modules should be developed more explicitly around health equity, as this would engage skill sets<br />
beyond cultural competence.<br />
9
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Table of Contents<br />
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 2<br />
Part 1: <strong>Health</strong> Equity Frameworks and Policies 2<br />
Frameworks 3<br />
Part 2: Accountability, Compliance and Quality Assurance 6<br />
Part 3: Cultural Competence Education and Training 7<br />
HEALTH EQUITY LITERATURE REVIEW 11<br />
INTRODUCTION 11<br />
Scope 11<br />
Methods 11<br />
Outline of Contents 12<br />
PART 1: HEALTH EQUITY FRAMEWORKS & POLICIES 13<br />
PART 2: ACCOUNTABILITY, COMPLIANCE AND QUALITY ASSURANCE 77<br />
PART 3: CULTURAL COMPETENCE TRAINING AND EDUCATION 99<br />
<strong>Appendix</strong> 1: 108<br />
<strong>Appendix</strong> 2: 120<br />
<strong>Appendix</strong> 3: 121<br />
<strong>Appendix</strong> 4: 122<br />
<strong>Appendix</strong> 5: 123<br />
<strong>Appendix</strong> 6: 126<br />
REFERENCES 129<br />
Produced by: Dr. Remi Warner (January 2009) on behalf of Munger Consulting<br />
The Project Charter Committee approved this document on January 20, 2010<br />
10
HEALTH EQUITY LITERATURE REVIEW<br />
INTRODUCTION<br />
Background<br />
This literature review forms an initial part of a wider 1.5-year project of the <strong>Central</strong> <strong>East</strong> LHINS to develop policy,<br />
accountability, and education frameworks regarding culture, diversity, and health equity. The overall objective of<br />
the project is to:<br />
• Develop planning policy framework for Cultural Competence, Diversity, & Equity from which future and<br />
current initiatives, policies, and projects can be assessed.<br />
• Articulate standards for cultural competence for service providers;<br />
• Address compliance and quality assurance through accreditation, accountability agreements, and other auditing<br />
tools; and<br />
• Facilitate enhanced access to culturally competent, sensitive, and appropriate health services through education.<br />
Scope<br />
Three main bodies of intersecting literature were reviewed:<br />
1. Policies and frameworks regarding health equity and cultural competence;<br />
2. Documents on compliance, quality assurance, accountability agreements, and other auditing tools and methods<br />
to help ensure effective implementation of policies ;<br />
3. Frameworks and Standards for cultural competence education and training.<br />
While local, national and international bodies of literature were reviewed, focus was on the multicultural global<br />
North (North America, Europe, Australia and New Zealand) for reasons of transferability to the Ontario LHINS<br />
context. Public sector health equity strategies at regional, provincial/state and national levels were also privileged for<br />
similar reasons.<br />
Methods<br />
Grey and academic literature was reviewed using York University and University of Toronto library catalogues and<br />
various internet search engines (primarily Google).<br />
Academic Journal Databases searched included:<br />
• Medline (PubMed and Ovid); Proquest; Evidence Based Medicine <strong>Review</strong>s; Scopus; Sociological Abstracts;<br />
Social Sciences Abstracts; Social Work Abstracts; PsychINFO; PsychARTICLES; Web of Science; Expanded<br />
Academic (ASAP); and PAIS.<br />
Grey <strong>Literature</strong> was primarily culled from google internet searches, in addition to a variety of online sources,<br />
including:<br />
• Government Sources: Government <strong>Health</strong> Ministry/Department websites (Canada, UK, US, Australia, New<br />
Zealand); GovInfo: Government on the Web; Government of Canada Publications Catalogue; Canadian<br />
Institutes of <strong>Health</strong> Research; Canadian <strong>Health</strong> Research Collection; National Institute of Mental <strong>Health</strong> (US);<br />
Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong> and <strong>Health</strong> Disparities (US); National Institute of Mental health (US); Substance
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Abuse and Mental <strong>Health</strong> Services Administration (US); Agency for <strong>Health</strong> Care research and Quality (US);<br />
World <strong>Health</strong> Organization;<br />
• Other Public <strong>Health</strong>/Policy Think Tank Sources: The Wellesley Institute; Canadian Policy Research<br />
Network; Centre for Equity in <strong>Health</strong> and Society (CEHS); Canadian Institute of <strong>Health</strong> Research; Canadian<br />
Policy Research Network (CPRN); Canadian <strong>Health</strong>care Association; Canadian Institute for <strong>Health</strong><br />
Information; Canadian <strong>Health</strong> Network; <strong>Health</strong> Care Information Resources (McMaster University); Centre for<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Promotion (University of Toronto); Conference Board of Canada; Canadian <strong>Health</strong> Network; National<br />
Anti-Racism Council of Canada (<strong>Health</strong> Section); CERIS/Metropolis website (Canada); Cultural Diversity<br />
Institute (CDI) [Canada]; National Centre for Cultural Competence (US); Commonwealth Fund (US); Institute<br />
for Public Policy Research (UK); National Research Register (Department of <strong>Health</strong>, UK); Open<br />
University/Resources/reports & grey literature (UK); <strong>Health</strong> Issues Centre (AUS) – An Independent Australian<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Policy and Research Action Center; <strong>Health</strong> Policy Monitor – International Network <strong>Health</strong> Policy and<br />
Reform.<br />
Library catalogues, databases and internet search engines were searched using the following search terms:<br />
• (health) or (mental health) or (healthcare) AND (equity) or (equality) or (inequality) or (disparity) or (inequity)<br />
AND/OR (cultural competence) or (cultural competency) or (linguistic competence) or (linguistic competency)<br />
or (cultural) or (multicultural) or (competence) or (diversity) or (inclusion) or (anti-oppression) AND/OR<br />
(system) or (organization) or (agency) AND/OR (policy) or (framework) AND/OR (standard) or<br />
(accountability) or (compliance) or (quality assurance) AND/OR (training) or (education) or (accreditation)<br />
In the case of academic journal databases, search areas were restricted to the title and/or keywords and/or abstract.<br />
Snowball methods were used to expand and focus the search throughout. Attention was, moreover, accorded to the<br />
number of citations of a journal article in a journal database as an index of the importance or prominence of a<br />
particular author or article in a subject area.<br />
Search results and marked references were recorded and saved in RefWorks and Reference Manager. Articles and<br />
book chapters were converted into pdf files and Microsoft Word files and imported into NVIVO 7 (qualitative<br />
coding software program) for further thematic coding and analysis. NVIVO 7 coding results informed the<br />
organization and writing up of the final literature review.<br />
Outline of Contents<br />
The literature review is organized into three main sections:<br />
• PART 1: HEALTH EQUITY FRAMWORKS & POLICIES<br />
• PART 2: ACCOUNTABILITY, COMPLIANCE & QUALITY ASSURANCE<br />
• PART 3: CULTURAL COMPETENCE TRAINING & EDUCATION<br />
12
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
PART 1<br />
HEALTH EQUITY FRAMEWORKS & POLICIES<br />
1.0 TOWARDS A DEFINITION OF HEALTH IN/EQUITY<br />
1.1 Defining the Problem: <strong>Health</strong> Inequity, Inequality, Disparity<br />
The academic and grey literature on health disparities contains numerous, competing, overlapping, yet distinct,<br />
terms for its subject of study, variously termed health disparity, health inequality, health inequity and/or, positively<br />
conceived, health parity, health equality, and/or health equity. A necessary starting point for this review is the<br />
untangling of the different meanings and uses of these terms, not only for the sake of conceptual clarity but because<br />
of the significant policy implications and consequences deriving from such varying definitions, as discussed in<br />
subsequent sections.<br />
While health inequity, health disparity and health inequality are sometimes used interchangeably in the literature,<br />
each term tends to carry its own distinct set of implied meanings. Terminologies, and their distinct conceptual<br />
orientations and connotations, tend to vary along national lines, reflecting differing national political/policy<br />
contexts. <strong>Health</strong> disparity, for instance, is the term commonly used in the US literature, whereas in the UK and<br />
European contexts health inequality is the more commonly used term.<br />
All three terms appear in the Canadian literature, though there is a relatively more frequent and intentional use of the<br />
term health in/equity and/or health disparity. While each of these terms have a national valence partially reflecting<br />
differing national approaches, they are also used differently in different (e.g. academic vs. government) contexts,<br />
which makes any such exercise in conceptual definition and clarification at best tentative and partial.<br />
In a formative Discussion Paper entitled Reducing <strong>Health</strong> Disparities: Roles of the <strong>Health</strong> Sector, prepared by the<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group of the Federal/Provincial/Territorial Advisory Committee on Population <strong>Health</strong> and<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Security for the Public <strong>Health</strong> Agency of Canada, health disparities is defined as “differences in health<br />
status that occur among population groups defined by specific characteristics” (2004). The paper goes on<br />
to define “the most useful characteristics [for] policy purposes”, in keeping with its population health approach, as<br />
being “those consistently associated with the largest variations in health status”, which in Canada, it is argued, relate<br />
to “socio-economic status (SES), Aboriginal identity, gender, and geographic location” (<strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task<br />
Group 2004).<br />
In the US context, there is a much greater focus on race/ethnicity and health care-specific issues, owing in part to the<br />
greater significance and pronounced history of racial cleavages there, and the large numbers of persons without<br />
health insurance (45 million in 2003). The Institute of Medicine’s landmark (2003) report, Unequal Treatment:<br />
Confronting Racial and Ethnic Disparities in <strong>Health</strong>care, for instance focuses on healthcare disparities (in accord<br />
with this US tendency), defining the latter as “differences in the quality of health care that are not due to accessrelated<br />
factors or clinical needs” (Smedley et al., 2003). By screening out access-related factors attributable to<br />
socioeconomic status, this definition and report foregrounds the significant contributing role of racial and ethnic<br />
disparities attributable to cultural incompetence, bias, prejudice, and stereotyping in the US healthcare system as a<br />
major explanation for healthcare disparities.<br />
Exworthy et al. (2006) use the term health disparities in their (2006) article to refer, comprehensively, to “both<br />
disparities in health care and inequalities of health status (unless there is a specific instance referring to inequalities<br />
of health and health care).”<br />
13
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
<strong>Health</strong> Inequality<br />
The term health inequality is used in European contexts to focus the lens more specifically on health inequalities<br />
relating to socio-economic status. This terminology has been ‘officially sanctioned’ in the United Kingdom since the<br />
coming to power of Tony Blair’s Labour government in 1997. It came to replace the much more neutral then in use<br />
term of ‘health variations’ which predominated (when discussed at all) under the Conservative government’s of<br />
Margaret Thatcher and John Major (Exworthy, Blane, and Marmot, 2003).<br />
In keeping with the UK/European perspective, Exworthy et al. (2006) define health inequalities as ‘systematic<br />
disparities in health [status] (or in the major social determinants of health) between groups with<br />
different levels of underlying social ad- vantage/disadvantage,’ including wealth, power, or prestige” (citing<br />
Braveman and Gruskin 2003, p.4). Reflecting European approaches more generally, Mackenbach et al. (2002a)<br />
similarly focus on and define socioeconomic inequalities in health as “systematic differences in morbidity and<br />
mortality rates between individual people of higher and lower socioeconomic status to the extent that these<br />
are perceived to be unfair.”<br />
The (2004) <strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group Discussion Paper for the Public <strong>Health</strong> Agency of Canada draws a finer<br />
distinction between health inequality and health inequity, describing health inequality as ”the generic term used to<br />
designate differences, variations, and disparities in the health achievements and risk factors of individuals<br />
and groups…that need not imply moral judgment” (<strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group citing Kawachi et al., 2002,<br />
p.56). <strong>Health</strong> inequalities due to individual biological endowment or the consequences of personal choices would<br />
not qualify, in this view, as health inequities, but rather, count as health inequalities. What should concern public<br />
policy, this discussion paper goes on to suggest, is “health inequalities attributable to modifiable factors,<br />
especially those that are perceived as inequitable” (see more definitions and descriptions of health inequity<br />
below).<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Inequity<br />
Of all the terms used, health inequity most consistently and strongly implies health disparities that are unjust and/or<br />
thus of moral and political concern. Gardner (2008b) in this light defines health inequities (which he uses<br />
interchangeably with health disparities) as “differences in health outcomes that are avoidable, unfair and<br />
systematically related to social inequality and disadvantage”. The link between health equity, social justice and<br />
ethics is made even more explicit in the World <strong>Health</strong> Organization’s (2008) Closing the Gap report:<br />
Where systematic differences in health are judged to be avoidable by reasonable action they are, quite<br />
simply, unfair. It is this that we label health inequity. Putting right these inequities and the huge and<br />
remediable differences in health between and within countries is a matter of social justice. Reducing<br />
health inequities is, for the Commission on Social Determinants of <strong>Health</strong> (hereafter, the Commission),<br />
an ethical imperative (WHO, 2008).<br />
The <strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group (2004) similarly links inequity and injustice, defining health inequities as “those<br />
inequalities in health that are deemed to be unfair or stemming from some form of injustice”. It is the<br />
normative judgement implied by the terminology of health inequity, they argue, that distinguishes it from health<br />
inequality. Precisely because of the normative nature of such judgements the <strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group<br />
emphasize that “science alone cannot determine which inequalities are also inequitable, nor what proportion of an<br />
observed inequality is unjust or unfair” (<strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group, 2004 quoting Kawachi et al., 2002, p.647-<br />
8). For such normative judgements depend upon, among other things,”(a) one’s theories of justice; (b) one’s theories<br />
of society; and (c) one’s reasoning underlying the genesis of health inequalities” (ibid.). An ethical theory of social<br />
justice is thus ultimately required to differentiate unfair from fair differences in health status.<br />
Inequitable distributions of health are most commonly and consistently described and defined as those health<br />
differences that are avoidable, unnecessary and unfair (Whitehead, 1998). Examples of the latter include<br />
“differences in health resulting from health-damaging behaviour not freely chosen, or from exposure to health<br />
hazards in the environment, or from impaired access to healthcare services” (Mackenbach et al., 2002a). Since these<br />
14
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
are potentially avoidable, they are widely perceived as unfair. “Differences in health which arise as a result of<br />
natural, biological variation, or of freely chosen health-damaging behaviour,” contrastingly, “will not commonly be<br />
perceived as 'unfair'” for the inverse reason (ibid.).<br />
Mackenbach et al. (2002a) draw on Whitehead’s (1998) scheme for judging the fairness of socioeconomic<br />
inequalities in health based on avoidability and common senses of justice (See Table 1.1. below).<br />
Table 1.1: Whitehead’s scheme for judging the fairness of socioeconomic inequalities in health<br />
Source: Mackenbach et al., 2002b. Adapted from Whitehead, 1990.<br />
Mackenbach et al. (2002b) nevertheless note the increasingly complex and fading borderline between avoidable and<br />
unavoidable health inequalities with the advancement of medical technologies. Public senses of just and unjust<br />
health disparities are also continually evolving, making any such judgement historically conditioned, and, at times,<br />
far from black and white.<br />
Of all the terms used, health in/equity appears the least ensconced in particular national frameworks and the most<br />
consistently and strongly defined in terms of health inequalities that are deemed socially and morally unjust. It is<br />
thus especially critical, when using such terminology, that normative and ethical presuppositions are clearly<br />
elucidated (see Policy debates section).<br />
1.2 Defining the Goal: <strong>Health</strong> Equity<br />
A greater portion of the literature on health in/equity is concerned with defining and confronting the problem of<br />
health disparities than with the more difficult task of positively defining the nature and meaning of health equity,<br />
equality or parity,<br />
15
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Noting the variety of definitions of health equity in use in various jurisdictions across Ontario, Lettner (2008a)<br />
stresses the importance of crafting “consensus on a working description of health equity to inform the development<br />
and implementation of programs, services and projects by both government and communities, as well as community<br />
engagement strategies.”<br />
Most definitions of health equity/parity/equality vary in accord with, and contradistinction to, how authors have<br />
variously defined health inequity/inequality/disparity. <strong>Health</strong> equity is more often than not defined as a negative<br />
goal to be striven after - the reduction or elimination of health inequities or disparities/inequalities that are deemed<br />
unjust, unfair and avoidable.<br />
Rachlis (2007) explores some of the definitions of health equity in currency in the Ontario context:<br />
“[The goal of] reduc[ing] disparities in the health of those groups who may be disadvantaged by social or<br />
economic status, age, gender, ethnicity, geography, or language” (Ontario <strong>Health</strong> Quality Council 2006).<br />
or<br />
“The goal of…minimiz[ing] systematic and remedial disparities in health and social well-being between<br />
groups of people who have different levels of underlying social advantage” (The Ontario Project; cited in<br />
Rachlis 2007; see Table 3.1 for more definitions of health equity)<br />
<strong>Health</strong>y equity definitions and approaches also vary in the scope of groups targeted (see Policy section 3.1 under the<br />
‘scope’ subsection).<br />
Other definitions of health equity are framed in more positive terms. Examples include Gardner’s (2008a) definition<br />
of health equity as “ensuring equal opportunities for good health for all” and Lettner’s (2008a) definition of<br />
health equity as “equal opportunity for good health”. The Ontario <strong>Health</strong> Equity Council has more recently (2007)<br />
and positively defined the goal of health equity in plain language terms as follows: “People should get the same<br />
quality of care regardless of who they are and where they live.” This definition, unlike the former two, however<br />
restricts the purview of health equity to healthcare services, as is common in the US (where healthcare equity is<br />
more often than not the explicit focus of attention, rather than health equity per se, as discussed in the framework<br />
section below).<br />
The varying terms, premises and definitions of health in/equity discussed above find fuller expression and<br />
divergence in the varying frameworks that have been developed in the literature and among health policy-makers<br />
and practitioners interested in tackling health disparities.<br />
2.0 FRAMEWORKS FOR TACKLING HEALTH DISPARITIES<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Equity-related frameworks for public policy-making may be divided into two main conceptual camps. The<br />
first, here termed ‘<strong>Health</strong> Equity’, take a broader view of the challenge to be confronted by healthcare systems and<br />
agencies – that is disparities in health status, relating to the full spectrum of health determinants, including those<br />
beyond the healthcare system.<br />
The second approach, here termed ‘<strong>Health</strong> care Equity’, is more narrowly concerned with examining disparities that<br />
have origins, and thus solutions, within healthcare services more specifically. Cultural Competence frameworks<br />
may be situated within this latter stream of approaches.<br />
In between these two framework approaches is ‘<strong>Health</strong> Equity in <strong>Health</strong>care Frameworks’, which begin with a<br />
fundamental concern with inequities in health status, yet frame solutions more specifically within the context, and<br />
from the perspective, of the healthcare system.<br />
These frameworks each have particular ways of diagnosing the problem to be confronted and solution to be pursued<br />
by governmental healthcare authorities, in a manner significantly shaping the policy and strategic options pursued<br />
16
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
by those operating within their respective purviews. <strong>Health</strong> equity and healthcare equity frameworks, nonetheless,<br />
need not be, and should not be seen, as necessarily mutually exclusive.<br />
The diagram below depicts two different genealogies of approaches tackling inequities in health and social services,<br />
and recent attempts to bridge these two approaches in healthcare (see Janzen & Ochocka, 2006 for more on the<br />
genealogy and synthesis of these approaches).<br />
The distinction drawn between power-oriented and culture-oriented approaches maps partially onto the distinction<br />
drawn in this review between health equity and healthcare equity (cultural competence in specific) approaches.<br />
Figure 2.1: Contending diagnoses of the sources of inequitable healthcare service<br />
Source: Janzen & Ochocka, 2006.<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Equity approaches are generally more power-oriented, focusing much more directly on structural inequities<br />
in power in society as these impact upon health status among disadvantaged population groups. Margot Lettner’s<br />
(2008a) analysis of the roots of health inequity is exemplary of this power-oriented approach. As she argues:<br />
The clear research consensus is that the roots of health disparities lie in broader social and economic<br />
inequality and exclusion. The most effective conceptual framework for health disparities is therefore<br />
grounded in a determinants of health approach, i.e., it looks beyond the traditional definitions of health, as<br />
well as beyond the historical analyses of the causes of illness and injury, and focuses on a broad range of<br />
socio-economic influences and outcomes that affect both individual and community or population health,<br />
such as income/wealth distribution and poverty, early child development, education, employment and<br />
working conditions, housing, gender, race and ethnicity, citizenship and immigration status, language,<br />
ability, sexual orientation, age, racism and discrimination, social exclusion, and natural and built<br />
environments.<br />
Most researchers and policy-makers working within a health determinant, health equity framework, nevertheless,<br />
also recognize the important, albeit less determining role, of healthcare services in mitigating the effects of health<br />
inequities (healthcare itself being one determinant of health among others).<br />
<br />
17
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Cultural competence approaches - the dominant framework of healthcare equity found in the literature - derive from<br />
a longer genealogy of culture-oriented approaches (as mapped out in Figure 2.1) which share a focus on the role of<br />
cultural bias and misunderstanding in explaining healthcare inequities. The genealogy of cultural competence is<br />
discussed in Section 2.4. Nothing prevents such approaches from also considering and acknowledging the formative<br />
role of broader (power inequity-related) determinants of health.<br />
Below I discuss some of the more notable and salient examples of health equity and healthcare equity frameworks<br />
fashioned and pursued by governmental bodies seeking to tackle health disparities. This discussion of frameworks<br />
helps to set the stage for the review of international health equity policies in subsequent sections, enabling the reader<br />
to better understand and situate health equity policy interventions in the context of contending, overarching<br />
frameworks.<br />
2.1 HEALTH EQUITY FRAMEWORKS<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Equity Frameworks are most distinguished by their fundamental concern with inequities in health status.<br />
Such frameworks define the problem to be confronted (‘health inequity’) in broad terms to include all possible<br />
(social, political, environmental etc.) determinants of health/health inequity, including many which are beyond the<br />
healthcare sector proper. Most such frameworks depict the root sources of health inequity as lying in unjust sociopolitical<br />
relations in society.<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Equity Frameworks are also distinguished by their focus on health, as opposed to merely the treatment and<br />
eradication of disease. Figure 2.2 below describes the nature of the proposed shift from an illness orientation to a<br />
wellness orientation often advocated for in health equity frameworks.<br />
Figure 2.2: Towards a Wellness Orientation - Ontario’s Chronic Disease Prevention and Management<br />
Framework<br />
Source: Meera Jain (2007). Ontario’s Chronic Disease Prevention and Management Framework.<br />
18
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
The broad and positive understanding of health in health equity approaches is frequently informed by the positive<br />
definition of health employed by the World <strong>Health</strong> Organization (WHO), which remains widely adopted as a<br />
working standard in the health equity frameworks and approaches reviewed here:<br />
[<strong>Health</strong> is] a state of compete physical, mental and social well being, and not merely the absence of disease<br />
or infirmity. It is a fundamental human right and that the attainment of the highest possible level of health<br />
is a most important world-wide social goal whose realization requires the action of many other social and<br />
economic sectors in addition to the health sector. (WHO, Alma Ata, 1978)<br />
This paradigm-shifting definition challenges the more traditional, conventional modern western definition of health,<br />
as merely the absence of disease.<br />
The health equity frameworks reviewed here can be further subdivided between those that explicitly base themselves<br />
on theoretical causal models of the determinants of health/health inequity and those (here dubbed ‘Strategic<br />
Intervention Frameworks’) that focus instead on intervention strategies, without explicitly linking such strategies up<br />
to a theoretical model or evidence-based framework<br />
A. <strong>Health</strong> Determinant Frameworks<br />
Etiological 2 <strong>Health</strong> Determinant Frameworks provide a theoretical model of the determinants and causes of health<br />
and health in/equity, on the basis of assessments of the empirical evidence. They moreover use such causal models<br />
to aid and inform the development of policy/intervention strategies. Some examples include the Canadian Institute<br />
of <strong>Health</strong> Research’s (2002) Population <strong>Health</strong> Framework, New Zealand’s (2002) Framework for Reducing<br />
Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong>, and the WHO’s (2008) Closing the Gap Framework.<br />
Rather than elaborate in detail the theoretical bases and underpinnings of these framework models (which is beyond<br />
the scope of this literature review), some of the more common theoretical approaches to explaining inequalities in<br />
health in the literature are outlined below.<br />
All of these perspectives find expression, to greater and lesser degrees, in the frameworks discussed below.<br />
Mackenbach et al. (2002a) distinguish four theoretical perspectives in particular:<br />
• Selection versus causation perspectives which “imply that health determines socioeconomic position,<br />
instead of socioeconomic position determining health”. This perspective focuses on the ways in which poor<br />
health results in downward socio-economic mobility which in turn has further negative consequences for health<br />
(See for instance van de Mheen et al., 1999; Wadsworth, 1986; Stern, 1983; Illsley, 1955).<br />
• Specific determinants perspectives which view various socio-economic factors as directly and indirectly<br />
shaping health inequities, in the latter case, mediated through a range of individual health-related behaviours.<br />
Such perspectives vary in emphasis on causes of health inequities, emphasizing, to differing degrees, (a)<br />
material factors (e.g. low income), (b) psycho-social factors and stressors (which are more and less related to<br />
material factors) and (c) health-related behaviours such as smoking, diet, alcohol consumption and physical<br />
exercise, which are related to (a) and (b) as proximal determinants of inequalities in health.<br />
• Life-course perspectives which pay much more attention to the cumulative effect of disadvantage on<br />
individual health over the life-course, often stressing or identifying particular ‘windows of susceptibility’ -<br />
“those periods of life when the individual is more susceptible to the effects of certain exposures, malnutrition<br />
and infections [for example] during the fetal period, emotional attachment during infancy, and so on.” Lifecourse<br />
perspectives have the advantage of bringing into view the 'co-evolution' of social position and health in a<br />
manner “taking away the sharp contradiction between 'selection' and 'causation' explanations” (citing van<br />
de Mheen et al., 1998; Vigero & Illsley 1995).<br />
2 Etiology refers to the study of causation, in this context, the study of causes and determinants of health and illness, health equity and health<br />
inequity.<br />
19
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
• Integrated models which attempt to synthesize the aforementioned approaches through the construction of a<br />
‘layered’ or ‘chain-like’ causation theory of health inequity (e.g. see Figure 2.3). Each of the layers or links<br />
represents different potential entry points for policy interventions. Such integrated models vary in the extent to<br />
which they (1) take into account a life-course perspective (some models only focusing in on adult stage), (2)<br />
represent individual biological pathways (some models only representing determinants that are external to the<br />
individual), and (3) address macrosocial factors and policies (some models limiting themselves to what happens<br />
at the individual level).<br />
Most of the frameworks discussed below draw on integrated models and understandings of the sources of health<br />
inequity.<br />
Figure 2.3 Canadian Institute of <strong>Health</strong> Research Population <strong>Health</strong> Framework<br />
Source: Rachlis (2007). Adaptation of CIHR-IPPH (2002). Mapping and Tapping the Wellsprings of <strong>Health</strong>:<br />
Strategic Plan 2002-2007. http://www.cihr-irsc.gc.ca/e/institutes/ipph/13789.shtml.<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Canada has defined the “overall goal of the population health approach” as “to maintain and improve the<br />
health of the entire population and to reduce inequities in health between population groups” (<strong>Health</strong> Canada, 1998).<br />
The Federal, Provincial and Territorial Ministers of <strong>Health</strong> officially adopted a population health approach in 1994<br />
in the report, Strategies for Population <strong>Health</strong>: Investing in the <strong>Health</strong> of Canadians (see <strong>Health</strong> Canada, 1994).<br />
Population health frameworks, such as the one modeled above by the Canadian Institute of <strong>Health</strong> Research, are of<br />
much relevance and use to policymakers concerned with tackling health inequalities, particularly due to their<br />
concern with health status at the population group level, and attention to the multiple, interacting determinants of<br />
health, which provide multiple sites for policy intervention.<br />
Raphael & Bryant (2006) present another <strong>Health</strong> Canada population health framework that is geared more towards<br />
guiding specific population health interventions (see Figure 2.4).<br />
20
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Figure 2.4 <strong>Health</strong> Canada’s population health template<br />
Source: Raphael & Bryant, 2006, p.42.<br />
The approach modelled in Figure 2.4 emphasizes the critical importance of gathering data and measuring population<br />
health status and bringing evidence-based analyses of the determinants of health to bear upon policy decisionmaking<br />
processes. Also emphasized in this model is the importance of upstream interventions which, by their very<br />
nature, demand considerable intersectoral collaboration. The model/framework furthermore stresses the importance<br />
of public involvement and accountability through recursive measurement and evaluation strategies.<br />
New Zealand Framework for Reducing Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong><br />
The New Zealand <strong>Health</strong> Strategy on ‘health inequalities’ is elaborated in a (2002) New Zealand Ministry of <strong>Health</strong><br />
strategic paper entitled Reducing Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong>. The paper “provides a framework for the health sector to<br />
improve the overall health of New Zealanders and to reduce inequalities amongst New Zealanders, with a focus on<br />
Maori, Pacific peoples and low-income New Zealanders” (p.1). This framework is informed by a population health<br />
approachwhich “takes into account all the factors that influence health and how they can be tackled to improve<br />
health” (ibid.).<br />
The various components of this framework are elaborated in significant detail below, due to the exemplariness of<br />
this framework, in combining theory and a concern with practical intervention strategies.<br />
Underlying the Reducing Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong> framework is the following ‘integrative’ determinant of health<br />
model featured below (Figure 2.5).<br />
21
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Figure 2.5 Dahlgren & Whitehead Model of the Determinants of <strong>Health</strong><br />
Source: New Zealand Ministry of <strong>Health</strong>, 2002. Adapted from Dahlgren and Whitehead (1991).<br />
The integrative model accounts for a host of health determinants including:<br />
• Individual lifestyle factors – for example, whether we smoke, exercise, how much alcohol we drink<br />
• Social and community influences – for example, whether we belong to strong social networks, feel valued and<br />
empowered to participate in decisions that affect our health and wellbeing<br />
• Living and working conditions – for example, whether we live in safe housing and have decent working<br />
conditions<br />
• Culture, ethnicity and gender – for example, women, Maori and Pacific peoples are over-represented in lower<br />
paid jobs<br />
• General socioeconomic and environmental conditions – for example, our position in society, including income,<br />
education and employment, which affects our ability to participate (Ministry of <strong>Health</strong>, 2002, p.1-2).<br />
A more developed causal model of the determinants of health is elaborated in the body of the (2002) New Zealand<br />
Ministry of <strong>Health</strong> Strategy paper, as featured below (see Figure 2.6):<br />
22
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Figure 2.6: New Zealand integrative model of the determinants of health<br />
Source: New Zealand Ministry of <strong>Health</strong>, 2002, p.16; Adapted from Howden-Chapman and Tobias, 2000.<br />
Most distinguishing of this top-down causality model is the way in which it envisions “the structure of society” as<br />
strongly conditioning individual health and health-related behaviour (p.16-17).<br />
New Zealand Intervention Framework<br />
The (2002) New Zealand Ministry of <strong>Health</strong> Strategy paper goes on to elaborate an intervention framework on the<br />
basis of the determinant of health models in Figure 2.5 and Figure 2.6. The intervention framework also draws on an<br />
intervention framework developed by Mackenbach (1998), which identifies four possible points of intervention to<br />
reduce socioeconomic inequalities in health (as shown in figure 2.7).<br />
23
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Figure 2.7: Four possible targets for interventions to reduce socioeconomic inequalities in health (New<br />
Zealand Ministry of <strong>Health</strong>)<br />
Source: New Zealand Ministry of <strong>Health</strong>, 2002, p.18. Adapted from Mackenbach in National Advisory Committee on<br />
<strong>Health</strong> and Disability, 1998.<br />
This framework seeks to reduce health inequalities by targeting:<br />
• Underlying social and economic determinants of health impacting socioeconomic status<br />
• Factors that are intermediate between socioeconomic determinants and health, such as behaviour, environment<br />
and material resources<br />
• <strong>Health</strong> and disability support services (i.e. Disability and healthcare services); and/or<br />
• The feedback effect of ill health on socioeconomic position (drawing on insights from the selective perspective<br />
discussed in section 2.1a above).<br />
Figure 2.8 below models the New Zealand Ministry of <strong>Health</strong>’s Intervention Framework to Improve <strong>Health</strong> and<br />
Reduce Inequalities on the basis of this synthesis of intervention and determinants of health frameworks (see next<br />
page):<br />
24
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Figure 2.8: New Zealand Intervention Framework to Improve <strong>Health</strong> and Reduce<br />
Inequalities<br />
Source: New Zealand Ministry of <strong>Health</strong>, 2002, p.19.<br />
25
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
This intervention model cascades down from top to bottom from the more to less determining causes of health and<br />
health in/equity, emphasizing the role of structural system factors and conditions in particular.<br />
The model is both theoretically informed and comprehensive in scope, considering the full range of factors<br />
influencing health inequalities, whilst illuminating potential sites and entry points for intervention.<br />
Below is a listing of the corresponding sites for intervention and types of initiatives envisioned on the basis of this<br />
intervention framework:<br />
Level 1: Structural – social, economic, cultural and historical factors fundamentally determine health<br />
“The most fundamental approach to reducing inequalities in health is to tackle their root cause; that is,<br />
address the social, cultural, economic and historical inequalities themselves. This requires policies directly<br />
concerned with education, occupation, income and the Economy” (Ministry of <strong>Health</strong> 2002, p.20).<br />
The New Zealand Framework for Reducing Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong> lists the following potential roles for the health<br />
sector in reducing inequalities that are ‘upstream’ from the health system:<br />
• <strong>Health</strong> sector workers can contribute by drawing attention to the social and economic determinants of health<br />
and advocating for policies in other sectors that will improve health and reduce health inequalities.<br />
• We [the health sector] should also work collaboratively with other sectors to develop and implement a more<br />
comprehensive range of strategies to tackle specific health problems than we could apply relying on health<br />
services alone. [The example of health impact assessment across Ministries is given as a potential strategy; see<br />
Accountability section for more on uses of health equity impact assessment tools in this and other respects]<br />
• The health sector also has a direct role at the strategic level; namely, it should ensure that its own policies are<br />
directed towards a more equitable distribution of health resources in relation to inequalities in health status.<br />
Specific examples of the types of action that may be taken at this level include:<br />
• Systematic implementation of the provisions of the Treaty of Waitangi in policy, planning and service delivery<br />
• <strong>Health</strong> funding arrangements that distribute resources according to need<br />
• Exploration of health impact assessment tools<br />
• Monitoring of health inequalities, social determinants and the relationship between the two<br />
• Development of Maori and Pacific providers and workforce (p.20-21)<br />
Level 2: Intermediary pathways – the impact of social, economic, cultural and historical factors on health<br />
status is mediated by various factors<br />
“The effect of socioeconomic position on health is mediated by a number of material, psychosocial and<br />
behavioural factors, which may provide effective intervention points” (p.21).<br />
The following examples of potential actions at this level are provided:<br />
• Housing initiatives<br />
• Community development programmes<br />
• Settings-based programmes, such as healthy cities and health-promoting schools<br />
• Workplace interventions (for example, occupational safety and health)<br />
• <strong>Local</strong> authority policies (for example, in relation to cycleways, lighting, playgrounds<br />
• And transport)<br />
• <strong>Health</strong> education and the development of personal skills<br />
• <strong>Health</strong> protection.<br />
26
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Level 3: <strong>Health</strong> and disability services – what services can specifically do<br />
This level of action focuses in on “the significant part to play” of disability and health care services in reducing<br />
inequalities, namely by:<br />
• Ensur[ing] equity of access to care by distributing resources in relation to need, as defined in collaboration with<br />
local communities; and<br />
• Remov[ing] barriers, however defined, that inhibit the effective use of services for all ethnic and social groups<br />
(p.21; citing Benzeval et al., 1995).<br />
Examples provided of actions and interventions at this level include:<br />
• Improved access to appropriate, high-quality health care and disability services<br />
• Collection of accurate ethnicity data<br />
• Implementation of the elective services booking system based on need<br />
• Monitoring of service delivery to ensure equitable intervention rates according to ethnicity, gender,<br />
socioeconomic status and region<br />
• Primary care initiatives that reduce access barriers for maori, pacific peoples and other disadvantaged groups<br />
• Ethnic-specific service delivery<br />
• Community participation in the health sector at a governance level and in resource allocation decision-making<br />
• Equitable resource allocation by district health boards as funders and by providers, including hospitals<br />
• Collaborative partnerships within the health sector and intersectorally (pp.21-22).<br />
Level 4: Impact – minimising the impact of disability and illness on socioeconomic position<br />
“[T]hose who are chronically ill, or have a disability or mental illness, face higher risks of downward<br />
mobility through lower educational achievement, greater problems in finding and keeping a job and fewer<br />
opportunities for upward mobility within a job” (New Zealand Ministry of <strong>Health</strong>, 2002:22).<br />
Examples provided of remedial actions at this level include:<br />
• Income support (for example, sickness benefits)<br />
• Disability allowance<br />
• Accident compensation<br />
• Antidiscrimination legislation and education; and<br />
• Support services for people with disabilities, chronic illness and mental health illness<br />
WHO Closing the Gap Framework<br />
The Commission on Social Determinants of <strong>Health</strong> was set up by former World <strong>Health</strong> Organization Director-<br />
General JW Lee and given the task “to collect, collate, and synthesize global evidence on the social determinants of<br />
health and their impact on health inequity, and to make recommendations for action to address that inequity” (WHO<br />
2008). The findings from this inquiry are reported in the WHO’s (2008) report, Closing the Gap in a Generation:<br />
<strong>Health</strong> equity through action on the social determinants of health.<br />
As suggested by the title, the WHO Commission takes a holistic determinant of health approach in its effort to<br />
identify and remedy inequities in health status which go far beyond the health care system. The ‘principles of action’<br />
and corresponding interventions recommended in this report are “underpinned by an aetiological conceptual<br />
framework” that is modeled below (Figure 2.9).<br />
27
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Figure 2.9: WHO Commission on Social Determinants of <strong>Health</strong> conceptual framework<br />
Source: WHO, 2008, p.43. Amended from Solar & Irwin, 2007.<br />
While the WHO Report does not elaborate further upon its underlying conceptual framework modeled above<br />
(referring readers instead to the original source), the model clearly brings a wide range of health determinants into<br />
scope. Like the New Zealand model, it too stresses the more determining role of structural socio-political and<br />
economic factors and contexts in shaping health inequities. The Commission for instance argues in this respect:<br />
Strengthening health equity globally and within countries means going beyond contemporary concentration<br />
on the immediate causes of disease. More than any other global health endeavour, the Commission focuses<br />
on the ‘causes of the causes’ the fundamental global and national structures of social hierarchy and the<br />
socially determined conditions these create in which people grow, live, work, and age (WHO, 2008).<br />
The framework, moreover, implicitly adopts a “life-course perspective on how the social determinants of health<br />
operate at every level of development - pregnancy and childbirth, early childhood, childhood, adolescence, and<br />
adulthood - both as an immediate influence on health and to provide the basis for health or illness later in life”<br />
(WHO, 2008:49).<br />
The Commission uses this framework to discern two fundamental kinds of interventions that are aimed at taking<br />
action on:<br />
The circumstances of daily life, including:<br />
• Differential exposures to disease-causing influences in early life, the social and physical environments, and<br />
work, associated with social stratification. Depending on the nature of these influences, different groups<br />
will have different experiences of material conditions, psychosocial support, and behavioural options,<br />
which make them more or less vulnerable to poor health;<br />
• <strong>Health</strong>-care responses to health promotion, disease prevention, and treatment of illness;<br />
28
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
And the structural drivers, including:<br />
• The nature and degree of social stratification in society – the magnitude of inequity along the dimensions<br />
listed;<br />
• Biases, norms, and values within society;<br />
• Global and national economic and social policy;<br />
• Processes of governance at the global, national, and local level (p.42).<br />
Three overarching ‘principles of action’ are derived from the Commission’s analysis of the determinants of health.<br />
These structure the report’s chapters and provide the overarching framework for the large number of<br />
recommendations contained in this report. These three ‘principles of action’ include:<br />
1. Improve the conditions of daily life - the circumstances in which people are born, grow, live, work, and age.<br />
2. Tackle the inequitable distribution of power, money, and resources - the structural drivers of those conditions of<br />
daily life - globally, nationally, and locally; and<br />
3. Measure the problem, evaluate action, expand the knowledge base, develop a workforce that is trained in the<br />
social determinants of health, and raise public awareness about the social determinants of health.<br />
The Commission emphasizes and draws attention to the solid evidence-base informing these principles of action,<br />
which it explains are:<br />
• Underpinned by an aetiological conceptual framework,<br />
• Supported by a vast global evidence base that demonstrates an impact of action on these social determinants of<br />
health and health inequities (effectiveness),<br />
• Supported by evidence on feasibility of implementation in different scenarios, and<br />
• Supported by evidence showing consistency of effects of action in different population groups and countries<br />
with different levels of national economic development (p.43).<br />
A second public health conceptual framework/model identifying the causal pathways of health in/equity is<br />
elaborated in the body of the (2008) WHO Report (see Figure 2.10).<br />
29
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Figure 2.10: WHO model of causal pathways for health action<br />
Source: WHO 2008, p.175.<br />
This conceptual model more readily lends itself to policy intervention insofar as it more explicitly identifies possible<br />
entry points for intervention. The model suggests beginning with the evidence of differential individual health<br />
outcomes as a starting point for analysis, and then proceeding from there to explore consequences of this, followed<br />
by an explanatory account of the determinants of these differential individual health outcomes and consequences,<br />
which can then be used to guide strategic policy interventions (see Figure 2.10).<br />
B. Evidence-Based <strong>Health</strong> Equity Intervention Frameworks<br />
Global/Ottawa Equity Gauge Framework<br />
The Ottawa Equity Gauge is the outcome of a project that has brought together researchers, community leaders,<br />
NGOS and various public stakeholders with the objective of bridging the gap from evidence to action in reducing<br />
health inequalities (see Tugwell 2006). The 8 year-old Ottawa Equity Gauge is informed by the Global Equity<br />
Gauge (GEGA) initiative which describes itself as a “strategy that links measurement and analysis with the<br />
identification and evaluation of inequity reducing policies and actions” (GEGA, 2009). The Ottawa Equity Gauge<br />
has recently become an official GEGA associate.<br />
30
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
GEGA’s work places health squarely within a larger framework of social justice, focusing on health inequalities that<br />
are “avoidable and associated with unjust social constructs” (GEGA, 2009). More positively, GEGA describes its<br />
goal and perspective as “striving towards a world in which disadvantaged population groups (whether defined<br />
by age, gender, race-ethnicity, socio-economic class or residence) can better achieve their full health potential,<br />
as indicated by the health standards of those groups in society who are most advantaged” (ibid.). In this effort<br />
GEGA calls for “affirmative and preferential action to improve the health of those with the poorest health when they<br />
face unjust obstacles to achieving that potential” (ibid.).<br />
GEGA describes an equity gauge as “a health development project that uses an active approach to monitoring and<br />
addressing inequity in health and health care” in a manner that “moves beyond a mere description or passive<br />
monitoring of equity indicators to a set of concrete actions designed to effect real and sustained change in reducing<br />
unfair disparities in health and health care” (ibid.).<br />
The Equity Gauge framework is explicitly based on 3 broad spheres (called ‘pillars’) of action which are each<br />
accorded equal importance in ensuring a successful outcome. These three pillars are:<br />
1. Assessment and Monitoring: Research and monitoring to measure and describe inequities<br />
2. Advocacy and public participation to promote the use of information to effect change involving a broad range<br />
of stakeholders from civil society working together in a movement for equity<br />
3. Community empowerment and involvement: to involve the poor and marginalized as active participants rather<br />
than passive recipients.<br />
The Ottawa Equity Gauge adds and emphasizes a fourth 'Intervention" pillar to the Global Equity Gauge based upon<br />
‘Cochrane and Campbell systematic reviews’ 3 of the evidence-base around the impact of specific interventions<br />
(Tugwell et al., 2006).<br />
Figure 2.11 below represents the Ottawa Equity Gauge, as applied to the study of food security in Ottawa (see next<br />
page):<br />
3 The Campbell Collaboration (named after Donald Campbell, an American psychologist and thinker) is a sibling organisation to The Cochrane<br />
Collaboration which has been formed “to prepare, maintain and promote the accessibility of systematic reviews in areas such as education,<br />
criminal justice, social policy and social care”, and, most recently, health equity (Retrieved March 9, 2009 form<br />
http://www.cochrane.org/docs/campbell.htm).<br />
31
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Figure 2.11: Ottawa Equity Gauge<br />
Source: Tugwell et al., 2006, p. 8.<br />
The first pillar, Measurement and monitoring, involves the “analysis, description and understanding of health<br />
inequities through the collection and collation of qualitative and quantitative data information [so as to] identify<br />
targets for action and enable later evaluation on whether change has occurred” (Tugwell, 2006, p.7).<br />
The Intervention pillar “aims to address the lack of evidence that exists on the effectiveness of interventions<br />
to reduce health disparities through the accumulation and synthesis of research. Most notably this…involve[s]<br />
systematically reviewing the evidence for public health interventions on low socio-economic groups, rather than just<br />
that of population averages”.<br />
Finally “Advocacy [is] combined with a bottom up approach of community empowerment and capacity<br />
building. This pillar places importance on working with communities to help them speak more effectively for<br />
themselves, and building the capacity of individuals and community groups to improve their own health” (Tugwell,<br />
2006, p.7; emphasis mine.).<br />
One of the particular strengths of the Ottawa Gauge is its combining of expert evidence and community<br />
empowerment within its framework (against the problematic trend of purchasing one at the expense of the other).<br />
32
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
2.2 HEALTH EQUITY IN HEALTHCARE FRAMEWORKS<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Equity in <strong>Health</strong>care Frameworks form a bridge between (1) health equity frameworks and (2) healthcare<br />
equity frameworks. This class of frameworks shares with (1) health equity frameworks a focus on disparities in<br />
health status broadly conceived; and (2) a situated, healthcare-system-perspective on how such disparities in health<br />
status can be addressed primarily within the confines of the health care system.<br />
Gardner <strong>Health</strong> Equity Framework<br />
Exemplifying this intermediate type of (‘health equity in healthcare’) framework is the intervention framework<br />
developed by Bob Gardner in a (2008a) discussion paper for the Toronto <strong>Central</strong> LHINs. Developed as part of a<br />
highly informative series of <strong>Health</strong> Equity Roundtables organized by the Wellesley Institute in 2007,4 Gardner’s<br />
(2008a) <strong>Health</strong> Equity Discussion Paper identifies its overall goal as “to reduce or eliminate socially and<br />
institutionally structured health inequalities and differential outcomes”.<br />
Gardner’s Executive Summary (2008b) and Discussion Paper (2008a) commences with a definition of health<br />
disparities/inequities as “differences in health outcomes that are avoidable, unfair and systematically related to<br />
social inequality and disadvantage” (2008a, p.2). Gardner’s discussion paper goes on to discuss the multiple roots<br />
and causes of such inequities, the most determining of which, he argues (citing research), “lie in broader social and<br />
economic inequality and exclusion” (Gardner 2008b, p.4).<br />
While retaining this wider concern with health inequities (as opposed to solely healthcare inequities), the paper<br />
proceeds to focus more specifically on “how inequitable access to care and differential quality are shaped by social<br />
inequalities and institutional barriers, and how the damaging impact of this structured inequality can be reduced<br />
within priorities identified in the IHSP [Integrated <strong>Health</strong> Service Plan]” 5 (Gardner 2008b, p.4). The approach taken,<br />
in effect, marries a concern with the broader determinants of health status (structural social inequalities and<br />
institutional barriers etc.) with a concern with inequities in healthcare settings which reproduce and/or fail to<br />
adequately redress such wider inequities in health status.<br />
In keeping with this strategically focused, yet holistic health determinants perspective, Gardner (2008a) recommends<br />
six “main directions in which the healthcare system can address health disparities”. These six main directions, which<br />
together form a strategic intervention framework, are by:<br />
1. Identifying and reducing barriers to access to services;<br />
2. Ensuring all receive the high-quality and responsive care they need, regardless of their social position and<br />
conditions;<br />
3. Targeting investments and interventions towards the most health disadvantaged communities and populations;<br />
4. Building equity, diversity and gender analysis into all service delivery and planning;<br />
5. Enhancing equity-focused primary, chronic and preventive care, and other healthcare investments that will have<br />
the most impact in reducing disparities;<br />
6. Building cross-sectoral collaborations beyond the healthcare system to address the wider determinants of health.<br />
4 “The <strong>Health</strong> Equity Roundtables were held on December 5 and 6, 2007, hosted by The Wellesley Institute, Toronto, Ontario. Thirty five<br />
participants, bringing together service providers, policymakers, researchers and advocates active in health equity, met to talk about current policy<br />
openings and opportunities to move health equity forward to action in Ontario – with the provincial government and/or the LHINs” (Lettner<br />
2008).<br />
5 The <strong>Local</strong> <strong>Health</strong> System Integration Act requires the <strong>Local</strong> <strong>Health</strong> Integration Networks (LHINs) to each develop an Integrated <strong>Health</strong><br />
Service Plan (IHSP), with input from the community, and in accordance with the provincial (MOHLTC) <strong>Health</strong> System Strategic Plan.<br />
33
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Each of these ‘directions’ are elaborated and fleshed out with prospective actionable initiatives and existing good<br />
practice examples in Gardner’s (2008a) Discussion Paper, which provides a comprehensive and concrete series of<br />
recommendations for action planning over the short, medium and long term in the LHINs context. 6<br />
Ontario <strong>Health</strong> Quality Council Equity Framework<br />
Rachlis (2007; 2008) has consistently advocated for Ontario governmental health bodies (MOHLTC, LHINS) to<br />
adopt the Ontario <strong>Health</strong> Quality Council’s (OHQC) 7 equity framework in order “to operationalize its policy work<br />
on health equity” (Rachlis, 2008). This framework is elaborated in the OHQC’s second (2007) Report, which<br />
promotes a three-pronged approach to developing a more equitable health system:<br />
1. Improve the accessibility of the health system through outreach, location, physical design, opening hours,<br />
and other policies.<br />
2. Improve the patient-centeredness of the system by providing culturally competent care, interpretation<br />
services, and assisting patients and families surmount social and economic barriers to care.<br />
3. Cooperate with other sectors to improve population health.<br />
Rachlis recommends broadening or fleshing out this framework further to include anti-racism/anti-oppression issues<br />
and approaches (2007).<br />
While the first and second intervention themes of this framework for action are pre-occupied with healthcare equity,<br />
that is reducing health inequities in and through healthcare services, the third framework theme retains a broader<br />
concern with population health and health status beyond the healthcare system (hence the call for intersectoral<br />
cooperation, and this framework’s characterisation, here, as a ‘health equity in healthcare’ framework).<br />
6 Created by the Ontario government in March 2006, <strong>Local</strong> <strong>Health</strong> Integrated Networks are “14 not-for-profit corporations who work with local<br />
health providers and community members to determine the health service priorities of [14 designated] regions. As <strong>Local</strong> <strong>Health</strong> Integration<br />
Networks (LHINs), [the Ontario LHINs] plan, integrate and fund local health services [in their region], including:<br />
Hospitals<br />
Community Care Access Centres<br />
Community Support Services<br />
Long-term Care<br />
Mental <strong>Health</strong> and Addictions Services<br />
Community <strong>Health</strong> Centres. (http://www.lhins.on.ca/; retrieved January 5, 2009).<br />
7 The Ontario <strong>Health</strong> Quality Council (OHQC) is an independent agency funded by the Government of Ontario, established in September 2005,<br />
under The Commitment to the Future of Medicare Act, 2004. The Council is an Operational Service Agency that reports to the Minister of<br />
<strong>Health</strong> and Long-Term Care. Section 4 of the Act sets out its mandate as: “to monitor and report to the people of Ontario on:<br />
1. access to publicly funded health services;<br />
2. health human resources in publicly funded health services;<br />
3. consumer and population health status; and<br />
4. health system outcomes; and<br />
5. to support continuous quality improvement (http://www.ohqc.ca/en/mandate.ph).<br />
Section 5 of the Act further requires the Council to deliver a yearly report to the Minister on the state of the health system in Ontario, and any<br />
other reports required by the Minister. Since its inception in 2005, the Council has published three reports on Ontario's health system (entitled<br />
QMonitor).<br />
34
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
2.3 HEALTHCARE EQUITY FRAMEWORKS<br />
<strong>Health</strong>care Equity frameworks, as conceived here, begin and end with healthcare disparities that have their roots<br />
and remedies within the healthcare system. Distinguished by their more narrow focus on healthcare inequities, such<br />
approaches can be further subdivided between those that consider structural socio-economic factors in healthcare<br />
disparities (e.g. OHQC, 2007), and those that focus more narrowly on the role of culture (most often focusing on<br />
ethno-racial dimensions of culture) in explaining and remedying healthcare inequities. A majority of cultural<br />
competence frameworks discussed in the literature may be situated in this latter camp.<br />
A. Cultural Competence – An Overview<br />
American health agencies, service providers and professional organizations have been addressing issues of<br />
culture in healthcare services since the 1970s and 1980s as part of a broader effort to reduce health disparities<br />
(Betancourt et al., 2002; APA 2003).<br />
‘Culture-centred’ approaches to healthcare have increasingly come to challenge and displace (albeit still dominant)<br />
‘culture-blind’ approaches based on standardized (‘cookie cutter’) services for all, regardless of colour, culture or<br />
class (see Figure 2.1 for genealogical map of cultural competence in this respect).<br />
Proponents of ‘culture-centred’ approaches argue that such ‘culture-blind’ approaches, while sometimes wellintended,<br />
wittingly or unwittingly privilege dominant cultural norms and health practices in health care settings in<br />
ways ignoring and/or minimizing the specific healthcare needs and concerns of cultural minorities with deleterious<br />
consequences for their health outcomes (APA, 2003).<br />
The first generation of ‘culture-centered’ approaches to health emphasized the importance of increasing ‘cultural<br />
awareness’ and ‘cultural sensitivity’ among healthcare practitioners. Whereas cultural awareness has been defined as<br />
“being conscious of one’s own cultural background and how it relates to our behaviours, thoughts and emotions”<br />
(Sue et al., 1998), cultural sensitivity has been defined as “the recognition of personal attitudes, values, beliefs, and<br />
practices within one’s own culture and insight into the effect of self on others” (Schim et al., 2005; italics mine). 8<br />
Cultural competence approaches and frameworks, while incorporating such insights, are widely represented as an<br />
advance over this earlier focus on attitudes and awareness due to their more ‘action-oriented’ emphasis on<br />
‘competence’ defined in terms of required skills and behaviours (Hernandez et al., 1998; Chestang, 1998). The<br />
Ontario Ministry of Children and Youth Services (2005) Achieving Cultural Competency toolkit conveys this<br />
distinguishing feature of cultural competence:<br />
The term ‘cultural sensitivity’ implies that diversity work is just about people being nice to one another. While<br />
having good interpersonal skills is certainly positive, cultural competency involves much more than that. Cultural<br />
competency is a professional skill that enables staff and organizations to serve their clients effectively and<br />
competently. Beyond simply treating diverse clients with sensitivity, culturally competent organizations actively<br />
identify and remove any barriers that prevent them from accessing and participating in the organization’s programs<br />
and services.<br />
Despite the abovementioned need to examine organizational-level service barriers often mentioned in the cultural<br />
competence literature, a majority of this literature continues to focus primarily on individual-level cultural<br />
competencies. However, there is a growing body of research on the institutional and systemic dimensions of cultural<br />
competency (Cross et al.,’s 1989 being among the first; see for instance Smedley, 2008; Chrisman, 2007; Dreachslin<br />
et al., 2007; California Endowment, 2007; Conviser, 2007; Pyles & Kim’s, 2006; Cashin et al., 2006; Beach et al.,<br />
2006; Hayes-Bautista, 2003; Anderson et al., 2003; Chin, 2002).<br />
8 Hernandez et al. further add to this definition of cultural sensitivity, “the ability to empathize and identify with the<br />
emotional expressions, values and beliefs of someone from a different cultural group” (1998, p.13).<br />
35
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Towards a definition of Cultural Competence<br />
Definitions of cultural competence vary in regards to (1) the extent to which they include levels of analyses beyond<br />
the individual level (e.g. considering agency and system-levels of analysis and practice); (2) whether they describe<br />
cultural competency in static or dynamic terms (as an ongoing process); and (3) the scope of diversity groups and<br />
cultural practices considered or implied under the umbrella of cultural competence.<br />
The most widely cited and adapted definition of cultural competence is that of Cross et al. (1989), who define<br />
cultural competence as “a set of congruent behaviors, attitudes and policies that come together in a system or<br />
agency or among professionals that enables that system, agency, or professionals to work effectively in crosscultural<br />
situations” (Cross, Bazron, Dennis, & Isaacs, 1989). 9 Notably, this definition informs the (2001)<br />
National Standards for Culturally and Linguistically Appropriate Services (CLAS) issued by the US Department of<br />
<strong>Health</strong> and Human Services’ Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong>.<br />
Other definitions of cultural competence addressing agency/system-levels of analysis include the following:<br />
• The ability of systems to provide care to patients with diverse values, beliefs and behaviors, including tailoring<br />
delivery to meet patients’ social, cultural, and linguistic needs (Betancourt, 2002).<br />
• “The ability of organizations and systems to function and perform effectively in cross-cultural situations”<br />
(Vancouver Ethnocultural Advisory Committee of Ministry for Children and Families, 1998; GTA Diversity<br />
and LHINS Working Group, 2008a).<br />
• “Behaviors, attitudes, and policies that can come together on a continuum: that will ensure that a system agency,<br />
program or individual can function effectively and appropriately in diverse cultural interactions and settings”<br />
(US Department of <strong>Health</strong> and Human Services, 2002).<br />
• “Ongoing commitment or institutionalization of appropriate practices and policies for diverse populations”<br />
(Brach and Fraser, 2000).<br />
• “The ability to demonstrate skills and knowledge which enable a person to work effectively across cultures; the<br />
ability to provide mental health treatment within the cultural framework of the consumer; the ability to provide<br />
effective services to people of a specific cultural background, including one different from the provider”<br />
(Substance Abuse and Mental <strong>Health</strong> Services Administration, 1997, p.27).10<br />
Michael Goh (2005) describes the Substance Abuse and Mental <strong>Health</strong> Services Administration’s definition<br />
as ‘the most comprehensive definition of cultural competence’ to date.<br />
Another comprehensive definition of cultural competence is offered by the Cultural competence workgroup for the<br />
projects for assistance in transition from homelessness. They define cultural competence as:<br />
an ongoing and evolving process that comprises knowledge attainment and the development of<br />
behaviors, attitudes, policies, and practices that come together in a system of care enabling agencies,<br />
programs, and individuals to increase access to services and to develop or adapt services that are<br />
appropriate to specific cultural needs (2002, Report of the Cultural Competence Workgroup for the<br />
Projects for Assistance in Transition from Homelessness).<br />
9 The original 75 page monograph published by the Child and Adolescent Service System Program (CASSP) National Technical<br />
Assistance Center at the Georgetown University Child Development Center was entitled Towards A Culturally Competent System of<br />
Care, Volume I: A Monograph on Effective Services for Minority Children Who Are Severely Emotionally. Cross et al.’s (1989) definition<br />
also informs a recent (2005a) Canadian study by Olavarria et al. entitled Standards of Organizational Cultural Competence for<br />
Community <strong>Health</strong> and Social Service Organizations.<br />
10 Michael Goh (2005) describes the Substance Abuse and Mental <strong>Health</strong> Services Administration’s definition as ‘the most<br />
comprehensive definition of cultural competence’ to date.<br />
36
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
This definition has the benefit of explicitly foregrounding the multiple necessary levels of cultural competence<br />
praxis while also accounting for the ongoing, always-in-process nature of becoming culturally competent. The<br />
definition, moreover, informs the (2008) Supportive Housing and Diversity (SHAD) Toolkit and report on culturally<br />
competent best practice for supportive housing provision.<br />
A minority of cultural competence frameworks and definitions have tried to expand the meaning of cultural<br />
competence to more directly address issues and inequities of power. The American College of <strong>Health</strong> Association’s<br />
definition of cultural competence is exemplary in this respect (albeit remaining restricted to an individual-level of<br />
analysis). According to the ACHA:<br />
The term "cultural competency" refers to a long-term, developmental process that moves beyond "cultural<br />
awareness" (the knowledge about a particular group primarily gained through media resources and<br />
workshops) and "cultural sensitivity" (knowledge as well as some level of direct experience with a cultural<br />
group other than one's own). Cultural competency is an engaging, life-long journey of expanding your<br />
horizons, thinking critically about power and oppression, and behaving appropriately. Culturally<br />
competent individuals have a mixture of beliefs/attitudes, knowledge/experience, and skills that help them<br />
to establish trust/rapport and communicate effectively with others (Retrieved 29-01-2009 from<br />
http://www.acha.org/about_acha/culture_comp_alist.cfm; emphasis mine).<br />
This definition also depicts cultural competence as an ongoing process and continuum rather than destination that<br />
can be finally achieved or arrived at once and for all (Anand, 1999; see also Rosenjack Burchum, 2002; Campinha-<br />
Bacote, 1999). The literature contains several organizational developmental models of cultural competence outlining<br />
the evolutionary stages along this continuum (see Jordan, 1998; Wong, 2007; Anand, 1999). The cultural<br />
competence continuum model of Cross et al. (1989) remains the most formative among these.<br />
Another comprehensive definition of cultural competence, in terms of the scope of diversity groups mentioned, is<br />
the Child Welfare League of America’s definition which defines cultural competence as the “ability of individuals<br />
and systems to respond respectfully and effectively to people of all cultures, classes, races, ethnic<br />
backgrounds, sexual orientations, and faiths and religions, in a manner that recognizes, affirms, and values<br />
the worth of individuals, families and communities, and protects and preserves the dignity of each” (cited in<br />
Ontario Ministry of Children and Youth Services 2005 Achieving Cultural Competency). This definition is clearly<br />
articulated within a human rights moral-political idiom and a larger social service context. It is also distinguishable<br />
from most other cultural competence definitions and approaches by its attention to non-ethno-racial dimensions of<br />
cultural difference.<br />
In the clinical and nursing literatures, cultural competence is primarily defined in terms of individual competencies,<br />
attitudes, skills and behaviours (see Campinha-Bacote, 1999; Leininger, 1999; also see Haarmans, 2004 for<br />
summary of this literature). Jirwe et al. (2006), in this respect, describe cultural competence as “the multi-cultural<br />
knowledge base that nurses need, together with the ability to apply such knowledge in practice”. Bush (2000)<br />
likewise defines cultural competency as a “respect for, and understanding of, diverse ethnic and cultural groups,<br />
their histories, traditions, beliefs, and value systems” in the provision and delivery of services.<br />
Leong (1998) further distinguishes between cultural competence and “cross-cultural competence”, defining cultural<br />
competence as “[t]o be able to adapt and function effectively in one’s [own] culture.” (p.3; cited in Haarmans 2004).<br />
Leong makes the argument that what is really at issue in much of the cultural competence literature is “cross-cultural<br />
competence, i.e., the knowledge and skills to relate and communicate effectively with someone from another culture<br />
different from your own” (ibid.). Other theorists and scholars have argued that all encounters are cross-cultural in<br />
nature, due to the multiple axes of culture and difference (e.g. race, gender, class, sexual orientation, religion,<br />
differential abilities etc.) that culturally separate persons from one another in general, and the differing insights and<br />
aptitudes of clinicians and clients, in specific, owing to the formal training and education of the former (Dolhun,<br />
Munoz & Grumbach, 2003; APA, 2002; Tsang & George, 1998; Sue, 2001). Such training, critics suggest, amounts<br />
to a distinctive form of enculturation in itself.<br />
37
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Culture<br />
The term ‘culture’ in cultural competence is meant to “direct attention to the role that culture plays in shaping<br />
human behavior”, in particular, health related behaviours, practices and perceptions (Hernandez et al.,1998; citing<br />
Cross et al., 1989).<br />
Definitions of culture in the cultural competence literature vary surprisingly little, most relying on classical modern<br />
anthropological conceptions of culture which foreground ethnic and racial forms of cultural difference. Cross et al.’s<br />
(1989) definition of culture, which remains the most widely cited in the literature, is exemplary in this respect.<br />
They define culture as “the integrated pattern of human behavior that includes thoughts, communication<br />
styles, actions, customs, beliefs, values, and institutions of a racial, ethnic, religious or social group” (1989,<br />
p.13). The CLAS (Culturally and Linguistically Appropriate Service) standards developed by the Office of Minority<br />
<strong>Health</strong> employ an almost identical definition. 11<br />
Other definitions of culture contained in the literature include:<br />
• “The learned, shared and transmitted values, beliefs, norms and life practices of a particular group of people”<br />
(Leininger & McFarland, 2002; cited in Jirwe et al., 2006)<br />
• “The structure of behaviors, ideas, attitudes, values, habits, beliefs, customs, language, rituals, ceremonies, and<br />
practices of a particular group of people that provides them with a general design for living and patterns for<br />
interpreting behavior” (US DHHS, 2001).<br />
• “An integrated pattern of learned beliefs and behaviors that can be shared among groups [that] includes<br />
thoughts, styles of communicating, ways of interacting, views on roles and relationships, values, practices, and<br />
customs” (Betancourt, 2002).<br />
• “The unique characteristics that all of us possess that distinguish us as individuals and identify us as belonging<br />
to a group or groups” (The GTA Diversity and LHINS Working Group, 2008a).<br />
More often than not, despite references to groups in general in such definitions, non-ethnic and intra-ethnic forms of<br />
cultural difference go unexamined in cultural competence frameworks.<br />
Betancourt’s (2002) work is exceptional in this respect, to the extent that it regards culture as being “shaped by<br />
multiple influences, including race, ethnicity, nationality, language, and gender” as well as “extend[ing] to<br />
socioeconomic status, physical and mental ability, sexual orientation, and occupation, among other factors” (ibid.).<br />
Competence<br />
Competence is defined by the US DHHS as “having the knowledge, skills, and abilities to be effective in a<br />
particular area” (2001, p.2) or having attained a level of mastery (US DHHS, 2001, p. 3). In cross-cultural<br />
situations, competence implies “having the capacity to function effectively as an individual and an organization<br />
within the context of the cultural beliefs, behaviors, and needs presented by consumers and their communities”<br />
(OMH, 2001 [CLAS Standards]; Adapted from Cross, 1989). The International Council of Nurses defines<br />
competence as “a level of performance, which demonstrates effective application of knowledge, skills, attitudes and<br />
judgements” (ICN, 2005).<br />
Key Components of Cultural Competence<br />
The literature contains numerous portraits of what a culturally competent health care setting looks like and how it<br />
functions. In one of the few systematic reviews of the cultural competence literature, Anderson et al. (2003)<br />
conclude that a culturally competent healthcare setting should include an appropriate mix of:<br />
11<br />
Culture is defined in the CLAS standards as “integrated patterns of human behavior that include the language, thoughts, communications,<br />
actions, customs, beliefs, values, and institutions of racial, ethnic, religious, or social groups” (Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong>, 2001).<br />
38
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
• A culturally diverse staff that reflects the community(ies) served;<br />
• Providers or translators who speak the clients’ language(s);<br />
• Training for providers about the culture and language of the people they serve;<br />
• Signage and instructional literature in the clients’ language(s) and consistent with their cultural norms; and<br />
• Culturally specific healthcare settings.<br />
More locally, in the context of the LHINs, the GTA Diversity and LHINs Working Group contend:<br />
• A local health integration network (LHIN) that is culturally competent establishes diversity as a corporate<br />
strategic priority; reflects the principles of diversity, equity and inclusion in its organizational culture; mirrors<br />
the community’s diversity in its governance and staffing; and cultivates inclusive relationships with<br />
communities.<br />
• Indicators of success for a diverse and culturally competent LHIN include commitment from the top, clarity on<br />
what needs to be changed; process internally managed, knowledge-based, and supported by training;<br />
commitment reflected in policies and procedures; goals action-oriented and measurable; resources targeted; and<br />
built-in accountability in action plan (2008a).<br />
Other key components of cultural competence are elaborated in the cultural competence frameworks discussed<br />
below.<br />
B. Cultural Competence Frameworks<br />
Cultural competence frameworks can be broken down into two main kinds: individual core competency-defined<br />
frameworks, and intervention-area/level/domain defined frameworks. Whereas the former are generally oriented<br />
towards individual health practitioners, outlining the core individual-level competencies comprising ‘cultural<br />
competency’, intervention-area/level/domain frameworks are generally oriented towards organizations and systemlevel<br />
players, outlining the key domains, areas and levels for health care organizational/system cultural competence<br />
intervention.<br />
The latter intervention frameworks can be further subdivided between those that are thematically organized and<br />
those that are organized by domains for culturally competent intervention I. Individual Competency-Defined<br />
Frameworks<br />
Sue et al. (1996) Tripartite Framework<br />
D. W. Sue, Ivey and Pederson (1996) developed the most widely cited cultural competence conceptual framework<br />
for outlining the specific nature of knowledge and skills required to become culturally competent at the individual<br />
health practitioner/counsellor level. Their conceptual scheme includes three general competency areas, defined more<br />
specifically in the context of counsellor-client relations:<br />
• Cultural awareness and beliefs, which pertains to “[p]rovider’s sensitivity to her or his personal values and<br />
biases and how these may influence perceptions of the client, client’s problem, and the counselling<br />
relationship”.<br />
• Cultural knowledge, which pertains to [c]ounsellor’s knowledge of the client’s culture, worldview, and<br />
expectations for the counselling relationship”; and<br />
• Cultural skills, which relates to “[c]ounsellor’s ability to intervene in a manner that is culturally sensitive and<br />
relevant” (Sue, 2006).<br />
This tripartite framework informs the American Psychological Association’s Multicultural Guidelines (2003) and<br />
numerous other cultural competency training modules and standards of culturally competent care (see Part III on<br />
Training and Haarmans, 2004 for more detailed elaboration of competencies within this tripartite framework).<br />
39
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Many variations of this framework appear in the literature (Campinha-Bacote, 1999; Rosenjack Burchum, 2002;<br />
Kim-Godwin et al., 2001). For instance, the American College <strong>Health</strong> Association (ACHA) elaborates the following<br />
individual competencies within the context of Sue et al.’s (1996) basic conceptual framework on their website.<br />
With regard to beliefs/attitudes, the culturally competent individual is:<br />
• Aware of and sensitive to her/his own cultural heritage and also respects and values different heritages;<br />
• Aware of her/his own values and biases and how they may affect the perception of other cultures;<br />
• Comfortable with differences that exist between her/his culture and other cultures' values and beliefs; and<br />
• Sensitive to circumstances (personal biases, ethnic identity, political influence, etc.) That may require seeking<br />
assistance from a member of a different culture when interacting with another member of that culture.<br />
With regard to knowledge, the culturally competent individual must:<br />
• Demonstrate good understanding of the power structure in society and how non-dominant groups are treated;<br />
• Acquire specific knowledge and information about the particular group(s) s/he is working with; and<br />
• Recognize institutional barriers that prevent members of disadvantaged groups from using organizational and<br />
societal resources.<br />
With regard to skills, the culturally competent individual must:<br />
• Generate a wide variety of verbal and nonverbal responses (body language) when communicating with<br />
individuals of different backgrounds or culture;<br />
• Send and receive both verbal and nonverbal messages accurately and appropriately; and<br />
• Intervene appropriately and advocate on behalf of individuals from different cultures (i.e., serve as an ally)<br />
(american college health association, 2009).<br />
The ACHA framework is distinguished by its attention to power relations in society and how this impacts upon<br />
client-clinician/health practitioner relations and interactions.<br />
Jirwe et al.’s (2006) Framework<br />
In their (2006) article, Jirwe, Gerrish, & Emami (2006) systematically reviewed and analysed the core competency<br />
components found in the nine most frequently cited theoretical frameworks of cultural competence in the nursing<br />
literature.<br />
The nine reviewed frameworks originated from three different continents: seven from the USA, one from the United<br />
Kingdom and one from New Zealand (in many ways representing the global distribution of such cultural<br />
competence frameworks).<br />
Synthesizing the core cultural competencies elaborated in these nine theoretical frameworks, Jirwe et al. identify<br />
four main recurring themes relating to cultural competence. These include:<br />
1. An awareness of diversity among human beings: Under this theme, two underlying sub-themes are<br />
identified: (A) Awareness of Oneself and; (B) Awareness of the Other.<br />
2. An ability to care for individuals: In this theme, three underlying sub-themes are identified: (A) to be<br />
skilled in performing cultural assessments, (B) to be knowledgeable about other cultures, and (C) to be able<br />
to meet specific cultural needs.<br />
3. Non-judgmental openness for all individuals: This competency revolves around the health practitioners’<br />
“willingness to overcome prejudices and ethnocentrism and [demonstrate] a genuine interest in people from<br />
other cultures” informed by a sense of equality, empathy and sensitivity.<br />
40
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
4. Enhancing cultural competence as a long-term continuous process: This theme depicts cultural<br />
competence as a step-by-step process where the health practitioner becomes culturally aware and makes an<br />
ongoing effort to continuously develop and improve his/her knowledge.<br />
II. Domain-Organized Intervention Frameworks<br />
Betancourt et al. Framework for Cultural Competence in <strong>Health</strong> Care (2002)<br />
One of the most widely cited cultural competence intervention frameworks in the literature is that developed by<br />
Betancourt, Green & Carrillo in their (2002) report for the Commonwealth Fund, Cultural Competence in <strong>Health</strong><br />
Care: Emerging Frameworks and Practical Approaches. This (2002) report identifies various models of culturally<br />
competent care, all of which, they argue, are ultimately aimed at improving the quality of health care for all.<br />
The framework organizing Betancourt et al.’s report is distinguished by its attention to, and description of, the key<br />
components of culturally competent care at three operational levels of intervention: clinical cultural competence,<br />
organizational cultural competence and system cultural competence.<br />
Below some of the recommendations offered by Betancourt et al. within this framework are elaborated.<br />
(1) Clinical Cultural Competence<br />
To attain clinical cultural competence, health care providers must: (1) be made aware of the impact of social and<br />
cultural factors on health beliefs and behaviors; (2) be equipped with the tools and skills to manage these factors<br />
appropriately through training and education; and (3) empower their patients to be more of an active partner in the<br />
medical encounter. Organizations can do this through:<br />
• Cross-cultural training as a required, integrated component of the training and professional development of<br />
health care providers;<br />
• Quality improvement efforts that include culturally and linguistically appropriate patient survey methods and<br />
the development of process and outcome measures that reflect the needs of multicultural and minority<br />
populations; and<br />
• Programs to educate patients on how to navigate the health care system and become an active participant in<br />
their care (Betancourt et al., 2002, p.x).<br />
(2) Organizational Cultural Competence<br />
To achieve organizational cultural competence within the health care leadership and workforce, it is important to<br />
maximize diversity. This may be accomplished through:<br />
• Establishing programs for minority health care leadership development and strengthening existing programs.<br />
The desired result is a core of professionals who may assume influential positions in academia, government, and<br />
private industry.<br />
• Hiring and promoting minorities in the health care workforce.<br />
• Involving community representatives in the health care organization’s planning and quality improvement<br />
meetings (Betancourt et al., 2002, p.viii).<br />
(3) System Cultural Competence<br />
To achieve systemic cultural competence (e.g., in the structures of the health care system) it is essential to address<br />
such initiatives as conducting community assessments, developing mechanisms for community and patient<br />
feedback, implementing systems for patient racial/ethnic and language preference data collection, developing quality<br />
measures for diverse patient populations, and ensuring culturally and linguistically appropriate health education<br />
materials and health promotion and disease prevention interventions.<br />
41
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Programs to achieve systemic cultural competence may include:<br />
• Making on-site interpreter services available in health care settings with significant populations of limited-<br />
English-proficiency (LEP) patients. Other kinds of interpreter services should be used in settings with smaller<br />
LEP populations or limited financial or human resources.<br />
• Developing health information for patients that is written at the appropriate literacy level and is targeted to the<br />
language and cultural norms of specific populations.<br />
• Requiring large health care purchasers to include systemic cultural competence interventions as part of<br />
their contracting language.<br />
• Identifying and implementing federal and state reimbursement strategies for interpreter services. Title VI<br />
legislation mandating the provision of interpreter services in health care should be enforced and institutions held<br />
accountable for substandard services [see International Policy section 3.2. on the US for elaboration of content<br />
and import of US’ Title VI legislation]<br />
• Using research tools to detect medical errors due to lack of systemic cultural competence, including those due to<br />
language barriers.<br />
• Incorporating standards for measuring systemic cultural competence into standards used by the Joint<br />
Commission on Accreditation of <strong>Health</strong>care Organizations (JCAHO) and by the National Committee for<br />
Quality Assurance (NCQA) [see Accountability section for more on this].<br />
• Collecting race/ethnicity and language preference data for all beneficiaries, members, and clinical encounters in<br />
programs sponsored by the federal government and private organizations. The data should be used to monitor<br />
racial and ethnic disparities in health care delivery, for reporting to the public, and for quality improvement<br />
initiatives (Betancourt et al., 2002, p.ix).<br />
The Registered Nurse’s Association of Ontario’s (RNAO) recent (2007) publication, Embracing Cultural Diversity<br />
in <strong>Health</strong> Care: Developing Cultural Competence is similarly organized – in a manner resembling Betancourt et<br />
al.’s (2002) framework - by three main levels or contexts for culturally competent care and analysis.<br />
Each of these levels or ‘contexts’ for culturally competent care form a chapter containing various recommendations<br />
and guidelines based on a review of best and ‘promising practice’. 12 The chapters include:<br />
• Individual Context: Best Cultural Competence Practices;<br />
• Organizational Context: Best Cultural Competence Practices for Employers and Unions; and<br />
• External Context: Best Cultural Competence Practices for Academia, Governments and Regulators, and<br />
Professional Association.<br />
Betancourt et al.’s (2002) framework was among the first to systematically elaborate such organizational and<br />
system-level cultural competencies based on existing evidence. Such attention to systems-levels analyses of cultural<br />
competence remains a fairly recent but growing development. Other notable system-level approaches to cultural<br />
competence include:<br />
• Cross et al.’s (1989) pioneering “Towards a Culturally Competent System of Care”;<br />
• Hayes-Bautista (2003), “Research on culturally competent healthcare systems”;<br />
• Anderson et al.’s (2003), “Culturally competent healthcare systems: A systematic review”; Pumariega et al.’s<br />
(2005), “Culturally Competent Systems of Care for Children’s Mental <strong>Health</strong>”;<br />
• Pyles & Kim’s (2006), “A Multilevel Approach to Cultural Competence”;<br />
12 The guidelines aim ‘to help nurses, employers and those in the broader system understand the urgency of the need to act [on cultural<br />
competence], and to suggest directions based on evidence’ (RNAO, 2007, p.56).<br />
42
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
• Cashin et al.’s (2006), “Transformation of the California Mental <strong>Health</strong> System”;<br />
• Dreachslin et al.’s (2007), “A Systems Approach to Culturally and Linguistically Competent Care”;<br />
• Chrisman’s (2007), “Extending Cultural Competence Through Systems Change”’;<br />
• The California Endowment’s (2007) Conference Summary Report, “Building Culturally Competent <strong>Health</strong><br />
Systems in California”;<br />
• Conviser’s (2007), “Catalyzing System Changes to Make HIV Care More Accessible”; and<br />
• Jean Lau Chin’s (2002), “Assessment of Cultural Competence in Mental <strong>Health</strong> Systems of Care for Asian<br />
Americans”.<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Resources and Services Administration’s (2002) Organizational Cultural Competence Assessment<br />
Framework<br />
Many of the cultural competence intervention frameworks are designed with organizational self-evaluation purposes<br />
in mind.<br />
In 2002, the <strong>Health</strong> Resources and Service Administration (HRSA) of the U.S. Department of <strong>Health</strong> and Human<br />
Services embarked upon an ambitious project with three main objectives in mind. These included “to: 1) develop an<br />
analytic framework for assessing cultural competence in health care delivery organizations; 2) identify specific<br />
indicators that can be used in connection with this framework; and 3) assess the utility, feasibility and practical<br />
application of the framework and its indicators” (HSRA, 2002). 13<br />
The project culminated in the production of An Organizational Cultural Competence Assessment Profile which<br />
was the end result of an extensive literature review, consultation with a Technical Expert Panel of cultural<br />
competence specialists and practitioners, and research findings from site visits to best practice settings for cultural<br />
competence in health care settings.<br />
Building upon previous work in the field, including most notably the (2001) National Standards for Culturally and<br />
Linguistically Appropriate Services (see CLAS framework below), the Assessment Profile is designed to function as<br />
an “analytic or organizing framework and set of specific indicators to be used as a tool for examining,<br />
demonstrating, and documenting cultural competence in organizations involved in the direct delivery of health care<br />
and services” (HRSA 2002).<br />
The Assessment Profile has three major components: 1) domains of cultural competence; 2) focus areas within<br />
domains; and 3) indicators relating to focus areas, by type of indicator.<br />
Domains and Focus Areas<br />
Seven domains – i.e. ‘performance areas’ or ‘critical arenas or spheres in which cultural competence should be<br />
evident or manifest in an organization’ – are identified in this assessment framework:<br />
• Organizational Values: An organization's perspective and attitudes with respect to the worth and importance<br />
of cultural competence, and its commitment to provide culturally competent care.<br />
• Governance: The goal-setting, policy-making, and other oversight vehicles an organization uses to help ensure<br />
the delivery of culturally competent care.<br />
• Planning and Monitoring/Evaluation: The mechanisms and processes used for: a) long- and short-term<br />
policy, programmatic, and operational cultural competence planning that is informed by external and internal<br />
consumers; and b) the systems and activities needed to proactively track and assess an organization's level of<br />
cultural competence.<br />
13 The HRSA’s (2002) cultural competence assessment project was implemented through a contract with The Lewin Group, Inc. with input and<br />
oversight from the HRSA's Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong> and Office of Planning and Evaluation.<br />
43
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
• Communication: The exchange of information between the organization/providers and the clients/population,<br />
and internally among staff, in ways that promote cultural competence.<br />
• Staff Development: An organization's efforts to ensure staff and other service providers have the requisite<br />
attitudes, knowledge and skills for delivering culturally competent services.<br />
• Organizational Infrastructure: The organizational resources required to deliver or facilitate delivery of<br />
culturally competent services.<br />
• Services/Interventions: An organization's delivery or facilitation of clinical, public-health, and health related<br />
services in a culturally competent manner (SAMHSA Assessment Tool developed by The Lewin Group, 2002;<br />
Retrieved on January 12, 2009 from http://captus.samhsa.gov/national/resources/resources.cfm)<br />
Within each of these domains, ‘focus areas’ are identified, i.e. ‘substantive topic areas’ within a domain that<br />
comprise more specific arenas to examine for evidence of cultural competence’ and from which to develop<br />
indicators. These domains and their corresponding focus areas are outlined in Box 2.1 below:<br />
44
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Box 2.1: Organizational Cultural Competence Assessment Profile: Domains and Focus Areas<br />
DOMAIN<br />
FOCUS AREAS<br />
Organizational Values:<br />
An organization's perspective and attitudes<br />
regarding the worth and importance of cultural<br />
competence, and its commitment to providing<br />
culturally competent care.<br />
• Leadership, Investment and<br />
Documentation<br />
• Information/Data Relevant to Cultural<br />
Competence<br />
• Organizational Flexibility<br />
Governance:<br />
The goal-setting, policy-making, and other oversight<br />
vehicles an organization uses to help ensure the<br />
delivery of culturally competent care. "<br />
• Community Involvement and<br />
Accountability<br />
• Board Development<br />
• Policies<br />
Planning and Monitoring/Evaluation:<br />
The mechanisms and processes used for: a) longand<br />
short-term policy, programmatic, and operational<br />
cultural competence planning that is informed by<br />
external and internal consumers; and b) the systems<br />
and activities needed to proactively track and assess<br />
an organization's level of cultural competence.<br />
• Client, Community and Staff Input<br />
• Plans and Implementation<br />
• Collection and Use of Cultural<br />
Competence-Related Information/Data<br />
Communication:<br />
The exchange of information between the<br />
organization/providers and the clients/population,<br />
and internally among staff, in ways that promote<br />
cultural competence.<br />
• Understanding of Different Communication<br />
Needs and Styles of Client Population<br />
• Culturally Competent Oral Communication<br />
• Culturally Competent Written/Other<br />
Communication<br />
• Communication with Community<br />
• Intra-Organizational Communication<br />
Staff Development:<br />
An organization's efforts to ensure staff and other<br />
service providers have the requisite attitudes,<br />
knowledge and skills for delivering culturally<br />
competent services.<br />
• Training Commitment<br />
• Training Content<br />
• Staff Performance<br />
Organizational Infrastructure:<br />
The organizational resources required to deliver or<br />
facilitate delivery of culturally competent services<br />
• Financial/Budgetary<br />
• Staffing<br />
• Technology<br />
• Physical Facility/Environment<br />
• Linkages<br />
Services/Interventions:<br />
An organization's delivery or facilitation of clinical,<br />
public-health, and health related services in a<br />
culturally competent manner.<br />
• Client/Family/Community Input<br />
• Screening/Assessment/Care Planning<br />
• Treatment/Follow-up<br />
45
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
The HRSA project team moreover identified more specific indicators of cultural competence in health care delivery<br />
organizations in relation to these domains and focus areas. The indicators are classified into four types: 1) structure<br />
indicators, 2) process indicators, 3) output indicators, and 4) intermediate outcome indicators. 14<br />
As indicators, these are designed to “directly answer the question: ‘How can cultural competence be monitored and<br />
assessed?’ by identifying the specific items on which information is to be gathered” (HSRA, 2002).<br />
A grid chart, developed by the HRSA, aligning these four kinds of indicators with the abovementioned domains and<br />
focus areas is elaborated in <strong>Appendix</strong> 1.<br />
Such performance assessment and evaluation frameworks are in line with more recent ‘diversity management’<br />
trends in North America, which seek to embed and mainstream diversity issues and competencies within the core<br />
operations and strategic functions of organizations (as opposed to the tendency of older approaches to silo diversity<br />
within human resources departments, in the hands of specialists).<br />
Among the numerous intervention frameworks geared towards cultural competence organizational self-assessment<br />
are:<br />
• The GTA Diversity and LHIN’s Working Group’s (2008) “A Diversity Self-Assessment Tool for <strong>Local</strong> <strong>Health</strong><br />
Integration Networks;<br />
• Olavarria et al.,’s (2005), “Organizational Cultural Competence: Self-Assessment Tools for Community <strong>Health</strong><br />
and Social Service Organizations”;<br />
• Vancouver Ethnocultural Advisory Committee of Ministry for Children and Families (1998) “Cultural<br />
Competency Assessment Tool”; and<br />
• SHAD’s (2008) Home for All: How to make supportive housing more culturally competent and anti-oppressive.<br />
Thematically Organized Intervention Frameworks<br />
Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong>’s (2001) CLAS Standards Framework<br />
A third class of cultural competence intervention frameworks in the literature are distinguished by their organization<br />
around themes for intervention, which are designed to inform action across organisational/system domains.<br />
The Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong>’s (2001) National Standards for Culturally and Linguistically Appropriate Services<br />
(CLAS) in <strong>Health</strong>care is a primary example of such a thematically organized framework for guiding health<br />
interventions.<br />
The 14 standards proposed therein are organized by three broad themes:<br />
14 Defining indicators as “the particular observable or measurable characteristics of an organization that signify cultural competence”, the HRSA<br />
further elaborate the specific content of these four different kinds of indicators. As they explain:<br />
Structure indicators are used to assess an organization's capability to support cultural competence through adequate and appropriate<br />
settings, instrumentalities, and infrastructure, including staffing, facilities and equipment, financial resources, information systems,<br />
governance and administrative structures, and other features related to the organizational context in which services are provided.<br />
Process indicators are used to assess the content and quality of activities, procedures, methods, and interventions in the practice of<br />
culturally competent care and in support of such care.<br />
Output indicators are used to assess immediate results of culturally competent policies, procedures, and services that can lead to<br />
achieving positive outcomes.<br />
Intermediate outcome indicators are used to assess the contribution of cultural competence to the achievement of intermediate<br />
objectives relating to the provision of care, the response to care, and the results of care (2002).<br />
46
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
• Culturally Competent Care (Standards 1-3);<br />
• Language Access Services (Standards 4-7); and<br />
• Organizational Supports for Cultural Competence (Standards 8-14).<br />
The specific standards within these three themes are elaborated in Section 4.3 (see Box 4.3 for listing of CLAS<br />
standards). Standards 1-7 address interventions that have the most direct impact on clinical care while Standards 8-<br />
14 address organizational structures, policies and processes that support the implementation of these.<br />
Joint Commission’s (2008) ‘One Size Does Not Fit All’ Framework (Hospitals, Language, Culture Study)<br />
Another good recent example of a thematically organized intervention framework is that elaborated in the Joint<br />
Commission’s (2008) recent report, One Size Does not Fit All: Meeting the <strong>Health</strong> Care Needs of Diverse<br />
Populations.<br />
The Report, authored by Wilson-Stronks et al. (2008), draws on the findings of the Hospitals, Language, and<br />
Culture (HLC) study. This study set out to better understand how the challenges associated with cultural and<br />
language (C&L) barriers are being addressed at 60 hospitals across the country, and to initiate the development of<br />
the first ever hospital accreditation standards for culturally and linguistically appropriate health care.<br />
The recommendations of the One Size Does not Fit All Report may eventually become officially adopted as (or<br />
translated into) standards that are required for hospital’s to get accreditation from the Joint Commission on<br />
Accreditation of <strong>Health</strong>care Organizations (see Section 5.2 for more on growing role of accreditation agencies in<br />
healthcare quality assurance of culturally competent care).<br />
The thematic framework developed in One Size Does Not Fit All is derived from current best practices that hospitals<br />
are employing to provide care and services to their diverse patient populations. This framework is presented below<br />
in Figure 2.12.<br />
47
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Figure 2.12: One Size Does Not Fit All Framework<br />
Source: One Size Does Not Fit All. Retrieved January 24, 2009 from<br />
http://www.jointcommission.org/NR/rdonlyres/5AA54D85-0879-4C29-<br />
B5171241365581AF/0/One_Size_Report_One_Pager.pdf<br />
Wilson-Stronks et al. (2008) provide a host of recommended actions within these four themes, which are briefly<br />
summarized as follows:<br />
Theme 1: Building a Foundation<br />
• Establishing a foundation of policies and procedures that systemically support cultural competence is a crucial<br />
component of meeting the needs of diverse patient populations. The role of leadership is inherent to these types<br />
of activities — leadership support is required to recognize, prioritize, and often drive efforts that establish<br />
policies and procedures to improve care and to better meet patient needs.<br />
• Integrating C&L [Culture and Language] considerations into organizational policy and procedure requires a<br />
demonstration of commitment. Without an organizational commitment to cultural competence and<br />
subsequent action at the policy and procedure level, these initiatives can often be over-shadowed by other<br />
organizational priorities. In order to resolve challenges such as lack of funding and resources for C&L services,<br />
it is important for organizations to clarify their commitment to providing culturally competent care by creating a<br />
supportive infrastructure of policies and procedures that help staff put these ideals into action.<br />
Theme 2: Collecting and Using Data to Improve Services<br />
• The collection and use of community- and patient-level data is essential to developing and improving services<br />
in health care, including services developed to meet the needs of diverse patient populations. Instituting<br />
practices to systematically collect data allows the effectiveness and utilization of C&L services to be monitored,<br />
measured, and evaluated. This can be useful for planning so that services can be designed to meet the specific<br />
needs of the organization.<br />
• While many hospitals across the United States already collect community- and patient-level data, few hospitals<br />
have developed systems for using them to guide service development and improvement. A thorough<br />
understanding of the need for C&L services, dependable information regarding the use of those services, and<br />
the usefulness of those data to improve C&L services can all contribute to a hospital’s ability to identify and<br />
monitor health disparities and provide safe, quality health care to culturally and linguistically diverse patients.<br />
The data collected may also be used to inform short- and long-term organizational planning, help develop C&Lspecific<br />
services and programs, and identify limitations in staffing and resources that collaborative partnerships<br />
may alleviate.<br />
Theme 3: Accommodating the Needs of Specific Populations<br />
• Accommodating the needs of specific populations includes practices aimed at providing safe, quality care and<br />
decreasing health disparities for particular populations in the service community. Accommodations targeted to<br />
48
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
the needs of specific populations evolve as hospitals search for solutions to the challenges of providing care to<br />
their diverse patients.<br />
• To ensure organizations meet changing staff and patient needs, the development of services and activities<br />
tailored for specific populations should be a continuous process. While the practices outlined in this chapter<br />
show positive steps toward the delivery of culturally and linguistically appropriate care, they also indicate the<br />
complicated reality of the long road ahead. Although knowledge, field experience, and technology have<br />
improved the delivery of C&L services, hospitals need to consider the balance between convenience, cost,<br />
patient safety, and quality.<br />
Theme 4: Establishing Internal and External Collaborations<br />
• Collaborative practices encompass those that bring together multiple departments, organizations, providers, and<br />
individuals to achieve objectives related to culturally and linguistically appropriate care. Within each hospital,<br />
different stakeholders should be brought together to develop, implement, evaluate, and improve initiatives<br />
aimed at meeting the needs of diverse patients. External collaborations can help hospitals engage their<br />
community and share information and resources.<br />
• Collaboration, whether internal or external, may provide new avenues for hospitals currently undertaking<br />
cultural competence initiatives. There is no doubt that collaboration needs to play a role in all the practices<br />
outlined in this report. Building active relationships with cultural brokers, traditional healers, chaplains,<br />
religious leaders, and other individuals may enhance and extend the hospital’s existing C&L services. While<br />
collaborative efforts come with their own challenges, building partnerships that bring together the champions of<br />
culturally and linguistically appropriate care has the potential to move the entire field forward.<br />
2.4 STRENGTHS AND LIMITATIONS OF RESPECTIVE FRAMEWORKS<br />
<strong>Health</strong> equity frameworks<br />
Strengths<br />
A particular strength of the health equity frameworks discussed in this literature review are their promotion of<br />
holistic understandings of ‘health’ and ‘health status’ which enables them to suggest a wider range of health<br />
promotion and prevention-based, remedial policy interventions beyond traditional medical model approaches<br />
concentrating solely on treating individual illness in healthcare contexts.<br />
<strong>Health</strong> equity frameworks engagement with health equity issues at the population level of analysis in these respects<br />
is also critical to redressing structural inequities between social groupings in society, as this impacts upon health<br />
status, within and beyond healthcare service contexts.<br />
Another particular strength of the health equity frameworks discussed here is their strong evidence-base, informed<br />
by various causal models of the determinants of health and health in/equity. Such causal models not only provide<br />
and suggest empirically and theoretically defensible sites for policy intervention and collaboration, on the basis of<br />
empirical evidence, they also lend themselves to more realistic and objective assessments of what healthcare equityfocused<br />
interventions may achieve in preventing and alleviating health disparities, appreciating the constraints<br />
imposed by various ‘upstream’ determinants of health.<br />
Limitations<br />
One of the difficulties or challenges of adopting a health equity framework that considers (if not foregrounds)<br />
broader social determinants of health, from the perspective of the healthcare sector, is the fact that many of these<br />
social determinants of health inequity are beyond the direct control of the healthcare sector (Benzeval et al., 1995).<br />
Addressing broader social determinants of health effectively, moreover, often requires considerable intersectoral<br />
collaboration (for example, through ‘whole-of-government’ approaches and strategies). This, in turn, can pose many<br />
49
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
challenges due to the sectoral frameworks within which governments are designed and accustomed to operating in<br />
(see WHO, 2008, p.111; PHAC, 2007; PHAC & WHO, 2008). Such whole-of-government approaches, moreover,<br />
where these do exist in practice, most often require coordination at the highest levels of government.<br />
Another challenge of the more ‘evidence-based’ health equity models and frameworks employing causal models of<br />
health in/equity revolves around the contested nature of ‘causes’ and ‘evidence’ in the literature. As the WHO<br />
reports in the former respect:<br />
By their nature many of the social determinants considered by the Commission are relatively distant,<br />
spatially and temporally, from individuals and health experience. This is challenging, both conceptually<br />
and empirically, when trying to attribute causality and demonstrate effectiveness of action on health equity<br />
(2008, p. 42).<br />
Part of the challenge of evidence-based approaches in this respect is what kinds of evidence are considered to<br />
‘count’ in the scientific literature (too often, critics argue, only experimental quantitative evidence that can be<br />
counted). Many ‘upstream’ determinants of health, such as global or national economic arrangements and social<br />
policies, however, do not lend themselves to randomized controlled trials etc. Applying overly strict and narrow<br />
rules of evidence in this respect could lead to many of the most important health determinants falling off the<br />
analytical radar.<br />
When it comes to suggesting appropriate intervention strategies, moreover, health equity frameworks and models<br />
have less of an evidence-base to stand on. This is in no small part due to the dearth of existing research evaluating<br />
the impact and effectiveness of various kinds of health equity interventions on the ground (Exworthy et al., 2006;<br />
Gardner, 2008a; Mackenbach et al., 2002a). 15<br />
Theoretically informed, evidence-based health equity models and frameworks, moreover, have to guard against<br />
being too complex for policy-makers to understand, as this will inhibit effective translation into policy interventions.<br />
Those health equity frameworks complementing their theoretical causal models with corresponding practical<br />
intervention frameworks, in this respect (e.g. WHO 2008; New Zealand Min of <strong>Health</strong>, 2002), hold out the most<br />
promise and potential, since they already provide guidance on this translation from theoretical models to sites for<br />
policy intervention.<br />
Many of the identified causes of health inequity in such frameworks and models, moreover, are of a more politically<br />
contentious nature, since they ultimately rely on normative theories of differentiating just from unjust social<br />
arrangements and health outcomes. Scientific ‘evidence’, in this respect, is no substitute for ethics. Some of the<br />
health equity frameworks are thin on the ethical bases of their commitments.<br />
Finally, many of the health equity frameworks encountered in the literature focus near exclusively on socioeconomic<br />
status as a bases for health in/equity, failing to take adequate stock of intersecting dimensions of social<br />
exclusion and health inequity such as race, ethnicity, gender, and sexual orientation (Galabuzi & Labonte, 2002).<br />
15 Mackenbach et al.’s (2002a) survey of the field of health inequalities remains very much true to this day in this respect:<br />
most publications about socioeconomic inequalities in health have focused on the description of socioeconomic inequalities in health in<br />
countries, comparisons between countries and the explanation of these inequalities. From these studies we have learnt much about<br />
the different factors which influence socioeconomic inequalities in health. However, in practice it seems hard to translate these factors<br />
into interventions in health.<br />
50
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
The (2004) Discussion paper of the <strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group for Public <strong>Health</strong> Canada, for instance,<br />
commendably recommends examining the health status of Aboriginal peoples, single mothers in poverty, women,<br />
homeless people, and refugees, but lacks a more explicit ethno-racial lens of analyses.<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Equity in <strong>Health</strong>care Frameworks<br />
Strengths<br />
Forming a bridge between health equity and healthcare equity frameworks, health equity in healthcare framework<br />
have the benefit of keeping within their analytical and strategic purview determinants of health and health inequity<br />
that lie beyond the healthcare system, and employing such analyses to effectively and creatively inform appropriate<br />
(holistic, prevention-based) strategies to address such inequities within the healthcare system (as illustrated in<br />
Gardner’s many recommendations which share a holistic, community-empowerment perspective focusing<br />
‘upstream’ on prevention and health promotion).<br />
In concerning themselves with the broad determinants of health status, yet from the situated standpoint of the<br />
healthcare system, and what it can do to reduce inequities in health status, health equity in healthcare frameworks<br />
have the added appeal and benefit of being more easily operationalized within local/regional healthcare contexts and<br />
settings such as the LHINs.<br />
Limitations<br />
The two health equity in healthcare frameworks engaged in this literature review did not explicitly base themselves<br />
upon any etiological model or evidence-base of the causes of health in/equity and the most effective solutions.<br />
While these frameworks (e.g. Gardner, 2008a) offer many concrete recommendations for LHINs action, it would be<br />
useful to more explicitly wed such intervention frameworks to a more self-consciously elaborated, evidence-based,<br />
conceptual framework and model.<br />
<strong>Health</strong>care Equity Frameworks<br />
Strengths<br />
<strong>Health</strong>care equity frameworks taking a more narrow and focused approach on healthcare inequities have, as a<br />
particular strength, their ‘do-ability’ and ‘translatability’ into action in and by the healthcare sector.<br />
Cultural competence frameworks – the main form of healthcare equity frameworks discussed in this review - are<br />
particularly commendable for their close attention to the ways in which cross-cultural dynamics within healthcare<br />
settings can seriously and negatively impact upon the accessibility and quality of healthcare services received by<br />
cultural minorities (Registered Nurses Association of Ontario, 2007; Stampino, 2007; Simich et al., 2006; Basok,<br />
2007).<br />
Cultural competence frameworks have as a particular strength their close attention to the cultural ingredients of<br />
successful interpersonal relations, exchanges, and communication, all of which are critical to successful, patientcentred,<br />
health outcomes in healthcare contexts.<br />
In plural, immigrant-based, multicultural societies such as Ontario, where there is a significant level of ethnocultural<br />
diversity, cultural competence frameworks may be of particular use, given their focus on inter-ethnic<br />
relations.<br />
Limitations<br />
<strong>Health</strong>care equity frameworks have been critiqued for failing to consider and engage the most important and<br />
consequential determinants of health that are situated ‘upstream’ from the healthcare sector. Though not within the<br />
direct control of the healthcare sector, critics argue that the healthcare sector can play a lead role in advancing and<br />
advocating a more holistic approach to health that better addresses and accounts for the broader social determinants<br />
51
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
of health upstream from the healthcare sector (Gardner, 2008a; Raphael & Bryant, 2006; Exworthy & Washington,<br />
2006; Lettner, 2008a; Jain, 2007; Rachlis, 2008).<br />
By focusing analyses and solutions exclusively on healthcare service inequities, critics argue, healthcare equity<br />
frameworks limit themselves to improving the treatment of individual illness in healthcare service contexts<br />
(precluding more preventative, population-level interventions as afforded, for instance, by a population-health<br />
perspective) (Raphael & Bryant, 2006).<br />
As Mackenbach et al. argue, such ‘downstream’ healthcare focused solutions and interventions “can never totally<br />
eliminate the problem, because people will have to fall ill before [better] healthcare can repair the damage”<br />
(2002b).<br />
Research consistently shows, moreover, the relatively minor role played by health care in explaining health<br />
disparities. Exworthy et al. (2006) for instance cites research attributing to healthcare inequities “perhaps only 10<br />
percent to 15 percent of the variation in health outcomes among different groups” (see also Adler et al., 1993;<br />
McGinnis, Williams-Russo, and Knickman, 2002). Policy intervention frameworks focusing exclusively on<br />
healthcare inequities, in this light, provide limited potential for fundamentally reducing inequities in health status.<br />
Cultural competence frameworks, more specifically, have often been critiqued for their:<br />
• Neglect of broader structural, socio-economic determinants of health and inattention to inequities of power<br />
more generally, as these impact upon health and heath care (Raphael & Bryant 2006; Kumas et al., 2007;<br />
Sakamoto 2007);<br />
• Neglect of supra-individual, systemic levels of analyses (Sakamoto 2007);<br />
• Perpetuation of cultural stereotypes and cultural essentialism, in part due to a reliance on static and<br />
homogenising concepts of culture that fail to adequately account for cultural hybridity (‘cross culture’), fluidity,<br />
and intersectionality (Engerbretson et al., 2008; Turner, 2008; Carpenter-Song et al., 2007; Kumas et al., 2007;<br />
Wong et al., 2003);<br />
• Faulty epistemological premises depicting culture as a stable object of knowledge that can be known and<br />
‘mastered’ (which, critics suggest, can result in a lack of ‘cultural humility’ towards ‘others’) (Wong et al.,<br />
2003; Tervalon and Garcia, 1998)<br />
• Narrow focus on racial and ethnic dimensions of ‘culture’ and failure to account for and conceptualize other<br />
intersecting cultural identities, patterns and experiences (SHAD, 2008; Raphael & Bryant, 2006)<br />
• Lack of evidence-base substantiating the positive impact of cultural competence interventions on the ground<br />
(Beach et al., 2006; Anderson et al., 2003; Whitley, 2007); and<br />
• Abstract postulations which lack operational specificity or translatability (Sue, 2006).<br />
Counterexamples, nevertheless, can be found for each of these critiques demonstrating the continuing evolution and<br />
maturation of the cultural competence literature.<br />
2.5 RECOMMENDED FEATURES OF A HEALTH EQUITY FRAMEWORK<br />
Key features of a health equity framework recommended based on this review of the literature are listed below:<br />
• Combines an evidence-based conceptual model of the causes/determinants of health and health in/equity with a<br />
practical intervention framework (e.g. New Zealand’s Framework for Reducing Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong> and the<br />
WHO’s Closing the Gap Framework). Conceptual models most useful to policy-making balance conflicting<br />
priorities: they help to illuminate the multiple relevant causal pathways for health in/equity and entry points for<br />
intervention, on the one hand (i.e. integrated models), yet, are not too complex for policy-makers and the wider<br />
public to understand, on the other hand (Mackenbach, 2002a);<br />
52
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
• Concerned with health status, broadly conceived, yet from the situated standpoint of the healthcare system and<br />
its strategic levers of power (e.g. the health equity in healthcare approach of Gardner, 2008; Rachlis, 2008);<br />
• Patient-centred, addressing and incorporating issues of cultural and linguistic competence as a fundamental<br />
healthcare quality and access issue. ‘Culture’, however, should be broadly construed to include and address<br />
intersecting forms of cultural difference beyond ethnicity (e.g. addressing cultural differences relating to age,<br />
gender identity, class, geography etc.). It is also important that cultural-linguistic competence approaches<br />
engage issues of power inequity, as these impact social and cultural relations, e.g. race/racism, gender/sexism,<br />
socio-economic marginalization etc.<br />
3.0 HEATH EQUITY POLICIES<br />
The following section examines some of the key terms of debates in the health equity policy literature (section 3.1),<br />
before surveying international health equity policy trends (section 3.2) and drawing out some of the key lessons<br />
from international health equity policy experiences, successes and failures (section 3.3).<br />
3.1 KEY POLICY DEBATES<br />
<strong>Health</strong> equity policy debate revolves primarily around five main areas: Justification, Objectives, Scope, Use of<br />
Evidence, and Strategic Options & Priorities. This section draws extensively on the framework of analyses of<br />
Mackenbach et al (2002b), which elucidates many of the key debates in these respects. <strong>Health</strong> equity policy-makers<br />
would do well to consider and clearly articulate positions within these five fields of debate, taking cognisance of<br />
existing policy trends and variations in these respects.<br />
Justification<br />
The first critical question any health equity policy must address is why should health inequities be reduced in the<br />
first place? What is the justification and rationale for committing public resources to this goal?<br />
Mackenbach et al. (2002b) discern two main justifications in the health equity policies they reviewed:<br />
1. Because inequalities in health contradict values of fairness and justice; and<br />
2. Because reducing inequalities in health may lead to better average health in the population as a whole.<br />
These varying justifications for health inequity policy are discussed below.<br />
I. Because inequalities in health contradict values of fairness and justice<br />
The first justification begs the question of how one decides which health distributions in a population are unfair. In<br />
other words, as earlier discussed, what health differences are health inequities. This is where ones definition of<br />
health inequity becomes essential, as it can help to clarify the issue from the beginning, as exemplified in<br />
Whitehead’s earlier definition of health inequities as unequal distributions of health that are avoidable, unnecessary<br />
and unfair.<br />
However, even such a seemingly precise definition of health inequity begs the further question of the specific ethical<br />
premises informing the inevitably normative nature of such judgements distinguishing fair and unfair health<br />
disparities (see Section 1.1. and Table 1.1 for more on normative nature of such judgements). In their article, ‘Ethics<br />
frameworks in Canadian health policies: Foundation, scaffolding, or window dressing’, Giacomini et al. (2009)<br />
consider a range of definitions and ethical justifications for commitments to health equity (see for example Table<br />
53
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
3.1), and take Canadian policy-makers to task for failing to sufficiently elaborate clearer ethical foundations for<br />
health equity policies. 16<br />
Table 3.1: Different interpretations of the same ethical ideal: “Equity”<br />
(a) “Equity: access to health services should be based on need and need alone, not on other factors such as wealth, origin,<br />
the region where people live, their gender or age” (Commission on the Future of <strong>Health</strong> Care in Canada, 2002, p. 48).<br />
(b) “Equity: all Canadians are equally entitled to access our health system based on health needs, not ability to pay” (ibid., p.<br />
50).<br />
(c) “Equity: no one should face financial hardship because of illness, disease or disability. Wealth should not be able to buy<br />
better treatment, higher-quality care or a better chance at a cure” (British Columbia Ministry of <strong>Health</strong> Planning, 2002,<br />
p. 15).<br />
(d) “Equity: every person has a fair opportunity to attain his/her full health potential. Policies and services are developed to<br />
reduce the differences in health status that are associated with factors such as socio-economic status, gender, age,<br />
ability, and culture” (Department of <strong>Health</strong> and Community Services, 2002, p.10)<br />
(e) “Equity: no one should face excessive financial hardship or possible bankruptcy because of illness, disease or disability.<br />
Access to timely and medically necessary health services should be available to all, regardless of income. These two<br />
access issues are fundamental to Canadian health care and are tenets almost all British Columbians would agree with.<br />
This does not mean, however, that British Columbians should not bear some responsibility to keep healthy or to<br />
contribute to the future sustainability of the health care system, which will be discussed in more detail further in the<br />
report. Rather, it means that any funding mechanism or financial involvement should be equitable and fairly distributed.<br />
No one disease profile, demographic or sector of society should bear a disproportionate burden of the health care<br />
costs” (Legislative Assembly of British Columbia, 2001, p.13).<br />
(f) “Equity: participation, access, and the sharing of benefits and risks, taking into account the characteristics of each<br />
population” (Reseau de Medecine Genetique Appliquee du Quebec 2002, p. 2).<br />
Source: Giacomini et al., 2009<br />
Anthony Culyer (2007) similarly encourages Canadian policymakers to be more explicit about their ethics in order<br />
to better manage and translate ethical positions “into policy action in reasonable and doable ways”. Failing to do<br />
this, by leaving ethics largely implicit, he argues,<br />
means that the huge differences between us that might otherwise remain submerged could become<br />
underwater reefs with the potential to rip the bottoms out of well-meaning policies for equity in practice -<br />
as soon as it becomes clear that one person's notion of equity is not also another's. We need to be clearer<br />
about what we mean and where we might differ in what we mean (p.12).<br />
Mackenbach et al. (2002b) likewise stress the importance of “explicitly justify[ing] policies to reduce<br />
socioeconomic inequalities in health, not only because it is important to convince policy-makers of different<br />
political convictions that something needs to be done, but also because one's choice of justification will partly<br />
determine which policies should receive priority” (see Mackenbach et al., 2002b for examples of the implications of<br />
different policy justifications).<br />
16 Surveying a bewildering array of definitions and interpretations of ‘equity’ as a value in healthcare policies (see Table 3.1 above), Giacomini<br />
et al. (2009) for instance argue:<br />
[t]he instrumental role of the ethics framework should be made clear, particularly its relationship to the development,<br />
interpretation, and implementation of the policy it accompanies. Currently, many ethics frameworks seem detached from policies,<br />
floating alongside in special text boxes or appendices. They are also set apart by vague, platitudinous language; imperatives are<br />
typically expressed in terms that are inspirational, positive, nonspecific, and non-operational. The language offers vast license in<br />
interpretation and discretion in response. Some degree of flexibility is appropriate and necessary in ethical analysis. However, expansive<br />
ethical terms with little definition or operationalization become weak rhetoric, and apparent agreements (e.g., to include<br />
“accountability” among guiding principles) may mask fundamentally different aims (e.g., involving public participation vs.<br />
transparent reporting).<br />
54
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
II. Because reducing inequalities in health may lead to better average health in the population as a whole.<br />
The second frequent justification for health equity policies also emphasizes, sometimes for pragmatic political<br />
reasons, the ways in which health equity policies can improve the health of all populations (and certainly not lead to<br />
a worsening of health for any group as a consequence).<br />
Oftentimes, such justifications also recognize (if not explicitly acknowledging) that the same health equity policies<br />
frequently lead to a differential improvement in the health of lower socioeconomic groups, as compared to other<br />
groups.<br />
Such justifications tend to generate less controversy, since they appear to be clearly in the interest of all citizens and<br />
healthcare recipients. Stronks (2002) for instance attributes part of the success of the Dutch health authorities’ ability<br />
to get health equity on the political agenda to their definition of the problem to be tackled in ‘politically neutral<br />
terms’.<br />
As she argues: “Most of the time the public health argument was used as a rationale for the policy of reducing<br />
inequalities in health (i.e. 'diminishing inequalities will improve the average health status of the population'), instead<br />
of the more political argument of 'unfairness'” (2002).<br />
Of course these two policy rationales need not be mutually exclusive, and many health authorities (such as <strong>Health</strong><br />
Canada) appeal to both of these justifications in their advocacy for and implementation of health equity policies.<br />
Aims and Objectives<br />
While the objectives of health equity policies may appear obvious at first sight – e.g. to reduce health inequities – it<br />
is not always clear what this entails. As Mackenbach et al. (2002b) explain of the varying possible interpretations of<br />
this seemingly obvious objective:<br />
Do we intend to reduce relative or absolute inequalities in health? To redistribute health from the higher to<br />
the lower socioeconomic groups? Or to differentially improve the health of the lower socioeconomic<br />
groups? Does 'health' refer to the occurrence of specific health problems or to integrated health measures<br />
such as health expectancy (p.29)?<br />
Objectives, no less than justifications, should as such be articulated clearly and in operationalizable terms in order to<br />
provide policy-makers and the wider public with clear yardsticks with which to measure success or failure (see Box<br />
4.1, 4.5 and 4.6 for good examples of clearly articulated, realistic, and operational health equity goals and<br />
objectives).<br />
The main debates in relation to health equity policy objectives revolve around:<br />
• Whether the goal or objective is the absolute or relative reduction in health inequalities; and<br />
• Whether the goal or objective is the reduction of inequalities in health status and/or healthcare<br />
These two major areas of divergence in views in relation to health equity objectives are discussed below.<br />
I. Absolute or relative reduction in health inequality as objective<br />
Mackenbach et al. (2002b) highlight the fact that objectives aimed at improving the health of lower socioeconomic<br />
groups in absolute terms (using absolute measures), for instance through universal healthcare provision, do not<br />
necessarily or always reduce (indeed they may sometimes increase) relative measures of health inequality between<br />
SES (socioeconomic status) groups.<br />
55
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Stating health equity policy goals in absolute terms, Mackenbach et al. (2002b) however argue, increases the range<br />
of potential policy options, since any policy initiative that universally reduces, for instance, average rates of<br />
mortality or morbidity (even if not changing the size of relative inequalities between population groups), will be<br />
justifiable in service of this objective.<br />
Objectives aimed at decreasing the relative ratio of inequality between SES groups, on the other hand, often require<br />
health equity policy interventions that exclusively target the most disadvantaged. It is precisely because “[s]trategies<br />
to maximize improvement in overall population health may have little or no impact on relative disparities or, indeed,<br />
may cause them to increase” (Keppel et al., 2007), that many argue (including Gardner, 2008a and the Canadian<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group) that “[t]he most appropriate and effective way to improve overall population<br />
health status is by improving the health of those in lower SES groups and other disadvantaged populations”<br />
(Canadian <strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group, 2004).<br />
Mackenbach et al. (2002b) recommend pursuing health equity policy objectives on both fronts – i.e. investing in<br />
overall improvements in overall population health, as well as seeking to reduce health gaps between higher and<br />
lower socio-economic groups. This has been the approach adopted in the UK (see Section 3.2.B and 3.3 for more on<br />
UK health equity policies).<br />
The WHO’s (2008) Closing the Gap framework also includes elements of both of these two (absolute and relative)<br />
objectives: on the one hand, aiming to ‘improve living conditions for all’, and on the other hand, ‘to reduce<br />
inequitable distributions of power, money and resources’.<br />
II. Reduction of health status inequalities and/or healthcare inequalities as objective<br />
The various frameworks discussed in the preceding section on Frameworks were largely organized around their<br />
differing objectives: healthcare equity and/or health status equity. It is important not to confuse disparities in health<br />
care with disparities in health status. Disparities in health status are widely agreed to be rooted in socioeconomic<br />
circumstances that extend far beyond the health care system. As Exworthy and Washington (2006) argue:<br />
Disparities in health care cannot remedy all the disparities in health status, because of the wider<br />
determinants of health shaping the latter. Indeed, health care may only have an ameliorative effect on<br />
disparities in health status and in some cases may even exacerbate them (see for instance McGinnis et al.,<br />
2002).<br />
Exworthy et al. (2006) provide some tangible examples (see Table 3.2 below) of the different kinds of measures<br />
involved in assessing disparities in health status versus disparities in healthcare, drawing on statistics from the UK<br />
and US contexts.<br />
56
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Table 3.2: Examples of Disparities and Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong> and <strong>Health</strong> Care<br />
Source: Exworthy et al., 2006<br />
Ultimately, it is recommended by Mackenbach et al. (2002b) that both kinds of disparities (health status and<br />
healthcare) feature as objectives in any policy concerned with reducing health inequities.<br />
Scope<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Equity policies also vary considerably, internationally and intra-nationally, by the scope of ‘disadvantaged<br />
groups’ they consider and target, and the breadth of system areas or domains engaged by health equity policy<br />
initiatives.<br />
I. Breadth of disadvantaged groups considered<br />
The scope of disadvantaged groups targeted by health equity policies depends greatly on local histories and politics,<br />
and statistical/census data. US healthcare equity policies for instance tend to focus, almost exclusively, on racial and<br />
ethnic minorities, and rarely if ever speak in terms of socioeconomic status or class position, as is the norm in the<br />
European healthcare context.<br />
In the UK context, Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authorities and the UK Department of <strong>Health</strong> focus in particular on six ‘equality<br />
strands’ – race, gender, disability, age, sexual orientation and gender identity, and religion and belief – and human<br />
57
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
rights. New Zealand’s health equity policies focus more narrowly on ethnicity – in particular the Maori – and<br />
socioeconomic status.<br />
In the Canadian context, the inter-governmental <strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group views socio-economic status (SES),<br />
gender, Aboriginal status and geographical location as the ‘strongest predictors of disparities’ (2004), and<br />
recommends that these factors in particular be monitored and measured. Tugwell et al. (2006), argue that “equity<br />
gradients relevant to informing policy and decision makers on the effectiveness of interventions include not only<br />
socioeconomic gradients but also gender, race, workforce, rural-urban, education and social capital<br />
gradients.” Lettner (2008b) furthermore stresses the importance, in the Toronto and Ontario context, of looking at<br />
race/ethnicity as a determinant of health (also see Robertson & Swan 2005 in this respect).<br />
The first (2006) report of the Ontario <strong>Health</strong> Quality Council argued that “[t]here should be continuing efforts to<br />
reduce disparities in the health of those groups who may be disadvantaged by social or economic status, age,<br />
gender, ethnicity, geography, or language”.<br />
Whilst commending this definition as ‘providing a good starting-point for shaping health care policy and delivery,”<br />
Rachlis (2007) argues that it should be “broadened further to include health disparities related to racism and<br />
discrimination, culture, citizenship status, sexual orientation, and ability”.<br />
Gardner (2008a) puts the focus on ‘disadvantaged populations’, and recommends that “inequitable access, treatment<br />
and outcomes be measured by race, country of origin, sexual orientation [and, elsewhere, gender] or any other<br />
line of discrimination and oppression”. In keeping with their earlier definition, the <strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group<br />
specifies more precisely what they mean by ‘disadvantaged population’ in their health equity discussion paper:<br />
Disadvantaged populations: populations that share a characteristic associated with high risk of adverse<br />
health outcomes (e.g. Aboriginal peoples, single mothers in poverty, women, homeless people, refugees)<br />
(2004).<br />
Focusing on ‘disadvantaged populations’ – depending on the empirical evidence in this respect (where this is<br />
adequate to begin with) - is a useful starting point, as it has the merit of enabling a contextual analysis that is fluid<br />
enough to evolve with changing circumstances and power relations and health inequities (e.g. religion rising to the<br />
foreground as a basis of discrimination post-911).<br />
II. Breadth of system domains engaged through health equity policies<br />
<strong>Health</strong> equity policies also vary in the scope of organizational and system are functions they engage and seek to<br />
intervene in. Among the differing health system domains frequently discussed in the literature, and engaged through<br />
health equity policy initiatives are:<br />
• Leadership (including vision statements, policies, strategies etc.)<br />
• Governance (including stakeholder engagement issues)<br />
• Services and Service Delivery<br />
• Research and Evaluation<br />
• Human Resources<br />
• Contracting & Procurement<br />
• Communications<br />
Research and policy experience from various jurisdictions suggests the critical importance of ‘mainstreaming’<br />
diversity and equity issues across all of these various health system functions and domains (see especially Exworthy<br />
2003 for importance of mainstreaming equity considerations).<br />
58
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Use of Evidence<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Equity policies can be distinguished by the extent to which they use and incorporate evidence into their<br />
policies and policy-making processes. Global momentum has grown considerably in recent years for evidencedbased<br />
policymaking and evaluation (see Exworthy et al., 2006; Whitley, 2007; Davies, Nutley, and Smith, 2000;<br />
Walshe and Rundall, 2001). Among national governments, the UK government has come closest to living by its<br />
motto of ‘what counts is what works’ (Exworthy and Berney, 2000).<br />
Exworthy et al. (2006) emphasize the importance of prioritizing interventions and policies on the basis of evidence<br />
of their potential effectiveness in reducing health inequalities. Mackenbach et al., (2002b) stress the importance of<br />
two types of evidence more specifically:<br />
[1] evidence that the determinant addressed by the intervention or policy plays a key role in the causation<br />
of socioeconomic inequalities in health; [and]<br />
[2] evidence that the proposed intervention or policy can be expected to effectively reduce exposure to<br />
that determinant in the lower socio-economic groups (or to reduce socioeconomic inequalities in<br />
exposure to that determinant) (p.32).<br />
This is where choice of framework is important, as discussed earlier, since it can more or less provide an evidencebased<br />
theoretical model and framework for intervention.<br />
Both of the above two types of ‘evidence’ discussed by Mackenbach et al. (2002b) can be difficult to definitively<br />
obtain (see Section 2.4). Mackenbach et al. (2002b) and Gardner (2008a) recommend a certain degree of measured<br />
pragmatism in advancing health equity policy and practice in areas where evidence may not be readily established or<br />
forthcoming. 17<br />
Evidence alone, moreover, as earlier discussed, cannot singlehandedly determine health equity policies since the<br />
goals and objectives of such policies also presuppose and require staking out particular normative/ethical positions<br />
(which may be more or less compelling).<br />
The WHO (2008) Closing the Gap report suggests the need to expand conventional definitions and conceptions of<br />
what constitutes ‘evidence’ beyond experimental designs and randomized controlled trials etc. (for instance by<br />
including qualitative measures, community accounts etc.).<br />
Judge and Mackenzie (2002) also elaborate the important potential role of theory-based evaluations when dealing<br />
with broad determinants of health that do not lend themselves to experimental manipulation. (For more on some of<br />
the difficulties in furnishing ‘evidence’ for policies and their impact also see Exworthy et al., 2006 and Judge &<br />
Mackenzie, 2002).<br />
17 Mackenbach et al. argues in this respect:<br />
it may take decades to build up a reasonably extensive evidence base. It is therefore better to be pragmatic and to be prepared to decide for the<br />
implementation of policies and interventions in the absence of full documentation of their effectiveness. Sometimes, effectiveness can reasonably<br />
be expected on the basis of experience in another setting, or evidence of effects on intermediate outcomes. In such cases it is all the more<br />
important that while the policies or interventions are being implemented, evaluations are carried out so that their effectiveness can be determined<br />
at a later stage, and changes made if effectiveness remains below expectations. In reality, all this implies that it will usually be difficult to<br />
prioritize policies and interventions on the basis of scientific evidence only. Other considerations, for example, on the (political) feasibility of<br />
certain strategic options, are likely to have a profound influence on priority setting in this area (2002b, p.33).<br />
59
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Strategic Options & Priorities<br />
Variations in policy justifications and objectives are (or should be) closely related to variations in the strategic<br />
options pursued by health policymakers. Mackenbach et al. (2002b) discern the two main lines of division in this<br />
respect as revolving around<br />
1. Entry points for intervention, namely upstream vs./and/or downstream intervention sites; and<br />
2. Universalist or Selectivist Approaches<br />
These are discussed below.<br />
I. Upstream' versus 'downstream' policy options<br />
<strong>Health</strong> equity (versus healthcare equity) approaches generally emphasize and aim for upstream solutions dealing<br />
with the fundamental causes of health inequalities beyond the healthcare system. Policy interventions concerned<br />
with equity exclusively in healthcare contexts are very much a downstream solution since they deal more with the<br />
effects of upstream determinants of health.<br />
Upstream solutions, “[b]y addressing the fundamental causes of inequalities in health…avoid<br />
the possibility that after one of the more immediate causes has been eliminated, other immediate causes take its<br />
place because the same fundamental causes are still in operation” (Mackenbach et al., 2002b). On the other hand, as<br />
earlier discussed, health policymakers have less direct leverage over such root causes of health disparities like socioeconomic<br />
distributions.<br />
Downstream solutions in healthcare services, contrastingly, are more within the direct control of health<br />
policymakers, and the effects of such policy interventions more easily lend themselves to measurement and<br />
documentation (Mackenbach et al., 2002b; Exworthy et al., 2006). On the other hand, Mackenbach et al., argue,<br />
such policy interventions “are usually expensive and can never totally eliminate the problem, because people<br />
will have to fall ill before extra healthcare can repair the damage” (2002b).<br />
Research consistently shows the relatively minor role played by health care in explaining health disparities.<br />
Exworthy et al. (2006) for instance cites research that attributes healthcare inequities as accounting for “perhaps<br />
only 10 percent to 15 percent of the variation in health outcomes among different groups” (see also Adler et al.,<br />
1993; McGinnis, Williams-Russo, and Knickman 2002). Downstream policy interventions in healthcare contexts<br />
thus hold out limited potential for fundamentally reducing health inequities.<br />
Between these two (downstream and upstream) policy options are ‘midstream’ interventions: “for example, reducing<br />
exposure to unfavourable specific material living conditions, psychosocial factors and behavioural risk factors in the<br />
lower socioeconomic groups” (Mackenbach et al., 2002b).<br />
Such policy interventions “combine some of the advantages and disadvantages of both upstream and<br />
downstream solutions: the leverage and decision-making power of health policy-makers may be limited, but the<br />
health effects of changing the socioeconomic distribution of some of the more powerful determinants, such as<br />
smoking and work environment, can be expected to be substantial” (p.36).<br />
Both Mackenbach et al. (2002b) and Exworthy et al. (2006) ultimately recommend a combination of upstream,<br />
midstream and downstream policy interventions (i.e. an ‘all stream’ solution).<br />
60
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
II. Universalist vs. Selectivist Approaches<br />
Policy options also vary in terms of whether they take a universalist or selectivist approach to intervention. 18<br />
Universalist approaches target all individuals without distinction in pursuit of universal standards and goals for all.<br />
Such approaches often frame health equity policy objectives, where such commitments exist, in absolute versus<br />
relative terms (see Objectives section above).<br />
Selectivist approaches, on the other hand, target services and benefits to specific population groupings, often<br />
depending on degree of need. Cultural competence and health equity approaches targeting particular disadvantaged<br />
populations exemplify selectivist approaches.<br />
Patterson and Judge (2002, p.180) cite research evidence substantiating the effectiveness of both of these kinds of<br />
interventions (universalist and selectivist) in reducing health inequities.<br />
While encouraging specific strategies targeting the most disadvantaged populations, the (Canadian) <strong>Health</strong><br />
Disparities Task Group furthermore draws attention to the difficulty of clearly separating out these approaches (at<br />
least in terms of their effects). As they argue:<br />
It is rarely, if ever, possible to address these [health disparity] problems in a specific, identifiable population without<br />
altering factors that affect the entire community. Furthermore, health disparities are not isolated phenomena that can<br />
be excised with surgical precision. They are, rather, a function of the whole operation of society, and the “treatment”<br />
must be more fundamental and all-encompassing (2004).<br />
The Task Group nevertheless maintains its (earlier cited) position that “[t]he most appropriate and effective way to<br />
improve overall population health status is by improving the health conditions and health services for those in lower<br />
SES groups and other disadvantaged populations” (2004, p.4).<br />
In the cultural competence literature this debate between universalist and selectivist approaches plays itself out in<br />
the context of debates over whether the focus of cultural competence policies and interventions should be on<br />
developing autonomous ethno-specific health services or reforming mainstream services to make them more<br />
culturally appropriate (see SHAD 2008b, p.14 for review of this debate in the cultural competence literature).<br />
Most agree that the best way forward involves some combination of both of these approaches (Mackenbach et al.,<br />
2002b; SHAD, 2008b).<br />
3.2 INTERNATIONAL HEALTH EQUITY POLICY TRENDS<br />
A. Margaret Whitehead’s Action Spectrum on inequalities in health<br />
Margaret Whitehead (1998) elaborates a useful schema to compare and characterize the readiness and willingness of<br />
various governmental bodies around the world to take action on socio-economic inequalities in health. Her ‘action<br />
spectrum’ on health equity begins at one pole with the complete absence of measurements of inequalities in health,<br />
and moves from there progressively along a continuum from ‘measurement’, ‘recognition’, ‘awareness’,<br />
‘denial/indifference’, ‘concern’, to ‘will to take action’, ‘isolated initiatives’, ‘more structured developments’ and<br />
‘comprehensive coordinated policy’ (See Figure 3.1 below).<br />
18 “The question arises as to whether public policy should frame the issue in terms of specific populations at greater risk of health disparities<br />
or focus on the underlying determinants and conditions that are the causes of health disparities”, the <strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group in this<br />
respect observes, in a variation of this debate (2004).<br />
61
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Figure 3.1 Whitehead’s Action Spectrum on inequalities in health<br />
Source: Mackenbach et al. (2002b). Adapted from Whitehead (1998)<br />
Whitehead counsels her readers not to view this action spectrum as a linear evolutionary process as not all countries<br />
will necessarily go through the same sequence of stages and there is always the possibility of abrupt regress and/or<br />
progress along this health equity action spectrum or continuum.<br />
While different jurisdictions within countries may differ in their positioning along this action spectrum, it provides a<br />
useful means of generalizing, situating and comparing international and intra-national policy developments in the<br />
area of health equity, as explored below.<br />
The policy trends examined in this section are necessarily selective in nature, in part due to the uneven reporting of<br />
these in the literature, difficulties of accessing policies ‘internal’ to various state/provincial and national health<br />
authorities and in part due to the sheer scope of equity-related policies in those jurisdictions actively pursuing health<br />
equity (e.g. the UK context, with its many policies and strategies).<br />
The policies addressed below, as such, are largely those that have either been written about in the academic<br />
literature and/or are accessible in university/public libraries and/or posted on the worldwide web. Not infrequently,<br />
only aspects of various health policies are addressed in the academic literature, which further made it difficult to<br />
compare policies on the basis of a consistent comparative schema.<br />
B. Cross-national survey of health equity policies<br />
Canada<br />
In part due to the piecemeal and selective reporting of health equity policies made available to the public, the<br />
following section does not claim to comprehensively represent all or the most recent health equity policy<br />
developments internationally. It does however seek to offer, at minimum, a general picture of major policy trends,<br />
primarily within Europe and North America.<br />
62
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Policy/Strategy Developments<br />
The <strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group (HDTG) of the Federal/Provincial/Territorial Advisory Committee on<br />
Population <strong>Health</strong> and <strong>Health</strong> Security for the Public <strong>Health</strong> Agency of Canada describes Canada as having “few<br />
comprehensive, integrated efforts to address known health disparities and the factors and conditions that lead to<br />
them” (2004). Their formative (2004) Discussion Paper, Reducing <strong>Health</strong> Disparities: The Role of the <strong>Health</strong><br />
Sector, tempers this observation with a measure of optimism, noting the recent launching of “some<br />
promising…initiatives to reduce disparities” (<strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group, 2004).<br />
The HDTG (2004) breaks down Canadian interventions around health equity into four main categories:<br />
1. Leadership and policy development, e.g. the development of the <strong>Health</strong>y Living initiative, establishing<br />
population health units in <strong>Health</strong> Ministries, wellness and health promotion programs, strategic plans<br />
that include disparities reduction priorities, primary health care innovations, etc. In Quebec the <strong>Health</strong><br />
Ministry is required by law to examine the health impact of policies across the government.<br />
2. Intersectoral collaboration and partnerships, e.g. child health initiatives, nutrition programs, prevention and<br />
harm reduction strategies, intra-governmental awareness-raising task groups, targeted programs for highrisk<br />
groups, etc.<br />
3. Building community capacity, e.g. community development activities at regional health authority level,<br />
primary health care outreach, staff training in a population health approach, core area rehabilitation<br />
initiatives in cities, comprehensive school health programs, etc.<br />
4. Knowledge development and exchange, e.g. widely publicized health status reports, detailed community<br />
profiles, health atlases, workshops for staff, health status indicators, specific research support programs, etc.<br />
(HDTG 2004:16)<br />
Among the more promising contemporary policy/strategy developments in Canada are:<br />
• The 2002 and 2003 First Ministers’ <strong>Health</strong> Accords which make national commitments to reducing<br />
disparities, more specifically through the adoption and promotion of a national <strong>Health</strong>y Living Strategy. The<br />
<strong>Health</strong>y Living Strategy’s two overarching goals are (1) to improve the health of Canadians and (2) to reduce<br />
health disparities (see <strong>Health</strong>y Living Task Group 2003). 19<br />
The Federal-Provincial-Territorial Advisory Committee on Population <strong>Health</strong>’s establishment of a <strong>Health</strong><br />
Disparities Task Group in 2002 with the mandate of providing advice on the role of the health sector in addressing<br />
health disparities.<br />
The Task Group, which includes policy-makers and researchers from the health and social service sectors (within<br />
and beyond government), has identified four roles for the health sector in the reduction of health disparities. These<br />
include to:<br />
1. Make the reduction of health disparities a health sector priority (establish a national leadership capacity; set<br />
goals and targets; use <strong>Health</strong> Impact Assessment; collaborate with jurisdictions, develop priority areas);<br />
2. Integrate disparities reduction into health programs and services;<br />
3. Engage with other sectors in health disparities reduction;<br />
19 The February 2003 <strong>Health</strong> Accord of the First Ministers states in this respect: “First Ministers direct <strong>Health</strong> Ministers to continue their work<br />
on healthy living strategies and other initiatives to reduce disparities in health status.”<br />
63
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
4. Strengthen knowledge development and exchange activities (develop indicators to measure the impact of<br />
health disparities; continue to support research; improve health information systems; share evidence on<br />
health disparities).<br />
The adoption and promotion of a ‘10 year plan to strengthen health care’ at the (2004) First Minister’s Meeting<br />
on the Future of <strong>Health</strong> Care. First Ministers at this meeting agreed on an action plan based on the following<br />
principles:<br />
• Universality, accessibility, portability, comprehensiveness, and public administration;<br />
• Access to medically necessary health services based on need, not ability to pay;<br />
• Reforms focused on the needs of patients to ensure that all canadians have access to the health care services<br />
they need, when they need them;<br />
• Collaboration between all governments, working together in common purpose to meet the evolving health<br />
care needs of canadians;<br />
• Advancement through the sharing of best practices;<br />
• Continued accountability and provision of information to make progress transparent to citizens; and<br />
• Jurisdictional flexibility.<br />
Many of the principles affirmed in this 10 year plan synchronize with, and are fundamentally informed by,<br />
principles of equity in health status and health care. The 2004 First Minister’s Meeting also featured a special<br />
meeting with Aboriginal leaders which resulted in the development of specific measures to address disparities in the<br />
health status of Aboriginal peoples:<br />
• The Quebec Public <strong>Health</strong> Act which requires all ministries and agencies to consult with the Ministry of<br />
<strong>Health</strong> and Social Services when they are formulating policies that could have an impact on health (see PHAC<br />
& WHO 2008 Report)<br />
• The provincial Ontario Ministry of <strong>Health</strong> and Long-Term Care’s (MOHLTC) recent development of a tenyear<br />
strategic vision and plan for Ontario’s health care system which is expected to feature equity as a<br />
prominent direction (Lettner, 2008a; Gardner, 2008a). The fact that the Ministry has already established a<br />
health equity unit to coordinate policy activities on health equity is particularly encouraging in this respect. In<br />
light of such developments, Lettner suggests that “the new <strong>Local</strong> <strong>Health</strong> Integration Networks (LHINs) will<br />
need to operationalize health equity as part of their mandate in response to the new provincial strategy” (2008a).<br />
• The policy developments and strategic commitments made by various <strong>Local</strong> <strong>Health</strong> Integrated Networks at the<br />
regional level, in particular the Toronto <strong>Central</strong> LHIN’s successful August 28, 2007 motion to insert health<br />
equity and diversity performance indicators into the CEO's Annual Performance Plan and requirement, for<br />
all 18 hospitals in the Toronto <strong>Central</strong> LHIN, to provide action plans.<br />
• The formation of the GTA Diversity and LHINs Working group, specifically addressing diversity and equity<br />
issues in the LHINs context.<br />
Limitations and Challenges<br />
Some of the challenges and limitations of Canadian health equity policy developments are discussed below.<br />
• There is a substantial discrepancy between official Canadian governmental avowed commitments to health<br />
equity, health promotion and population health and government policy and action on such matters. The<br />
Canadian Population <strong>Health</strong> Initiative in this respect observes:<br />
Canada has led the world in understanding health promotion and population health …However in recent years,<br />
as the costs and delivery of health care has dominated the public dialogue, there has been inadequate policy<br />
development reflecting these understandings. In fact, Canada has fallen behind countries such as the United<br />
Kingdom and Sweden and even some jurisdictions in the United States in applying the population health<br />
knowledge base that has been largely developed in Canada (2002, p.1).<br />
This observation is reiterated by Raphael & Bryant (2006), Williamson et al. (2003), Williamson (2001), and<br />
Sutcliffe et al. (1997).<br />
64
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
• There is a dearth of “comprehensive, integrated efforts to address known health disparities, and the<br />
factors and conditions that lead to them. Although health ministries in all jurisdictions, often in<br />
collaboration with other sectors, have launched a variety of initiatives to improve health and reduce<br />
health disparities, these efforts could benefit from a more coherent, system-wide approach” (<strong>Health</strong><br />
Disparities Task Group, 2004).<br />
• Existing health equity strategies, more specifically the Integrated Pan-Canadian <strong>Health</strong>y Living Strategy,<br />
limits areas of emphasis to individual health-related behaviours such as physical inactivity, unhealthy eating,<br />
and tobacco use (even if acknowledging that broader determinants of health shape individual health-related<br />
behaviour). No mention is made of the conditions of daily life as determinants of health, nor is it deemed<br />
important to specifically address such health determinants through public policy initiatives (Raphael & Bryant,<br />
2006).<br />
• “Canada has yet to develop policies to require systematic cultural sensitivity in the health care regimes of all<br />
provinces. While some hospitals have begun to develop ad hoc programs and adapt practices to enhance<br />
delivery of culturally competent health care services, they have been developed in isolation” (Oxman-Martinez<br />
& Hanley, 2004, quoting Bowen, 2002).<br />
• Current frameworks developed by the Canadian Institute for <strong>Health</strong> Information and Statistics Canada have<br />
insufficient indicators of health disparities (<strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group, 2004).<br />
• The structural design of the LHINs, in particular the exclusion of public health authorities from the LHINS (in<br />
contrast to the situation in all of Canada’s other provinces’ Regional <strong>Health</strong> Authorities), could complicate<br />
and/or compromise its ability to collaboratively address broader determinants of health and health equity<br />
(Moloughney, 2007).<br />
Dominant Framework<br />
• In Canada, <strong>Health</strong> Equity/Population <strong>Health</strong> frameworks are dominant in the academic and grey literature.<br />
In practice, however, approaches adopted tend to take a narrower focus on issues of healthcare equity. While<br />
cultural competence research initiatives are growing (particularly toolkits and best practice guidelines etc.), the<br />
operationalization of such frameworks in practice, organizationally and systemically, remains limited and<br />
sparse.<br />
Rating on Whitehead’s Action Spectrum<br />
• Between ‘Concern’ and ‘Isolated initiatives’<br />
USA<br />
Policy/Strategy Developments<br />
Exworthy and Washington (2006) distinguish four main features of US policies tackling health-care disparities in<br />
their review of US organizational strategies to reduce healthcare disparities.<br />
Table 3.3: Features of US policy on healthcare disparities<br />
Source: Exworthy and Washington, 2006, p. 46.<br />
65
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
They further describe the aims and objectives of US policies and initiatives to tackle healthcare disparities as falling<br />
into three categories:<br />
1. To raise awareness among various stakeholders;<br />
2. To eliminate disparities; and<br />
3. To improve cultural competency.<br />
Examples of notable US policies, legislative acts, and interventions in these three areas are explored below.<br />
1. To raise awareness among various stakeholders<br />
Examples of policies and legislative acts drawn up with this aim in mind include:<br />
• The Minority <strong>Health</strong> and <strong>Health</strong> Disparities Research and Education Act of 2000 (P.L. 106-525), which<br />
was signed into law on November 22, 2000. The Act created a National Center on Minority <strong>Health</strong> and<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Disparities at the National Institutes of <strong>Health</strong> (NIH). Activities and functions of the Center include<br />
to fund research programs on health disparities and minority health; support training of members of health<br />
disparity populations as researchers; and provide education loan relief for health professionals who commit<br />
themselves to perform health disparities research. The Center also coordinates all NIH research efforts in this<br />
area. The Act also authorizes the Agency for <strong>Health</strong>care Research and Quality (AHRQ) to conduct and support<br />
activities and research to measure health disparities and to identify causes and remedies. Finally, it authorizes<br />
the <strong>Health</strong> Resources and Services Administration (HRSA) to support research and demonstration projects to<br />
train health care professionals on reducing health care disparities (see Beal 2004).<br />
• The commissioning of the federal Agency for <strong>Health</strong> Research and Quality (AHRQ) to draw up what<br />
became the National <strong>Health</strong>care Disparities Report (NHDR) by Congress in 1999, which addresses lowincome<br />
groups, minority populations, women, children, the elderly, and those with special health needs (AHRQ<br />
2002, 2003). The preliminary measure set for NHDR was published in 2002, and the final draft was published<br />
in December 2003 (AHRQ, 2003). This report, since published annually, monitors trends in health care<br />
disparities, measures progress toward their elimination, and raises awareness of racial, ethnic, socioeconomic,<br />
and geographic disparities in health care so as to help guide health policymakers in designing strategies to<br />
eliminate them (Swift, 2002; Exworthy et al., 2006).<br />
• The Institute of Medicine’s (IOM) landmark (2002) report commissioned by US Congress, entitled Unequal<br />
Treatment: Confronting Racial and Ethnic Disparities in <strong>Health</strong>care. Documenting extensive research<br />
evidence relating to health-care disparities between racial/ethnic populations, this report is seen as a landmark in<br />
US policy, insofar as it convinced many agencies to introduce policies addressing healthcare disparities (for<br />
more on content and impact of report, see Smedley et al., 2008; Smedley, 2002). 'I don't think the Bush admin<br />
was very interested in disparities until it was forced on them by that [IOM] report’, a Federal agency<br />
interviewee is quoted as stating, underlining the impact of this report (cited in Exworthy & Washington, 2006).<br />
The report found that “even among the better-controlled studies, the vast majority indicated that minorities are<br />
less likely than whites to receive needed services, including clinically necessary procedures” (Smedley, 2002).<br />
2. To ‘eliminate’ disparities<br />
Examples of U.S. policies and legislative acts drawn up with this aim in mind include:<br />
• ‘<strong>Health</strong>y People 2010’, a nationwide public health plan and federal policy, was launched in January 2000 by<br />
the Department of <strong>Health</strong> and Human Services (DHHS). Its two overarching goals are “to eliminate health<br />
disparities among specific segments of the population” and “to increase quality and years of health life”. These<br />
goals inform the policy’s 467 objectives which, organized into 28 public health focus areas, are designed to<br />
serve as a framework for improving the health of all people in the United States over the course of the first<br />
decade of the 21st century. A selected set of 10 objectives – including physical activity, overweight and obesity,<br />
tobacco use, substance abuse, responsible sexual behaviour, mental health, injury and violence, environmental<br />
quality, immunization, and access to health care - known as the Leading <strong>Health</strong> Indicators, were created to<br />
monitor progress on these goals and objectives (see section 4.3D below). The <strong>Health</strong> People 2010 Policy is<br />
theoretically informed by the following model:<br />
66
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Figure 3.2: <strong>Health</strong>y People 2010 Theoretical Model<br />
Source: Raphael and Bryant, 2006, p.45.<br />
Critics argue that while the <strong>Health</strong>y People 2010 plan mentions broader determinants of health (as reflected in<br />
the above health model), the prioritized indicators and concrete strategies pursued in practice neglect broader<br />
determinants of health, being ‘firmly planted in the biomedical and behavioural public health model’ (Raphael<br />
& Bryant, 2006).<br />
• The ‘Steps to a <strong>Health</strong>ier US’ is another major US Federal policy aimed at health promotion and disease<br />
prevention that was launched in 2003 by the US Department of <strong>Health</strong> and Human Services. This policy also<br />
refers to health disparities, yet like <strong>Health</strong>y People 2010, neglects structural factors, placing the emphasis<br />
instead on ‘physical fitness, prevention, nutrition and health lifestyles’ (see DHHS, 2003 www.<br />
healthierus.gov/steps/index.html; also see Exworthy et al., 2006).<br />
• One of the more ambitious avowed aims of the US Federal Bureau of Primary <strong>Health</strong> Care is‘100% access<br />
and 0 disparities’ (Exworthy & Washington, 2006)<br />
3. To improve cultural competency<br />
Culturally and Linguistically Appropriate Service (CLAS) Standards: The Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong> of the US<br />
Department of <strong>Health</strong> and Human Services developed 14 National Standards for Culturally and Linguistically<br />
Appropriate Services (CLAS) in healthcare in 2001. The CLAS Standards were developed with several purposes in<br />
mind including:<br />
• “To correct inequities that currently exist in the provision of health services and to make these services<br />
more responsive to the individual needs of all patients/ consumers… especially…the needs of racial, ethnic,<br />
and linguistic population groups that experience unequal access to health services”;<br />
67
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
• To provide “a common understanding and consistent definitions of culturally and linguistically appropriate<br />
services in health care…Ideally, the issuance of national standards for CLAS should result in the<br />
replacement of the patchwork of different definitions and requirements with one universally understood set<br />
of guidance”; and finally<br />
• To “offer a practical framework for the implementation of services and organizational structures that can<br />
help health care organizations and providers be responsive to the cultural and linguistic issues presented by<br />
diverse populations” (Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong> 2001).<br />
The ‘ultimate aim’ of the standards is “to contribute to the elimination of racial and ethnic health disparities<br />
and to improve the health of all Americans” (Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong>, 2001);<br />
The 14 CLAS standards are thematically organized around three themes:<br />
Culturally Competent Care (Standards 1-3), Language Access Services (Standards 4-7), and Organizational<br />
Supports for Cultural Competence (Standards 8-14). Federally funded health care organizations are<br />
mandated to meet four of these standards (Standards 4-7) relating to language access services. This<br />
mandate derives from Title VI legislation of the 1964 Civil Rights Act which mandates that all institutions<br />
receiving federal funds provide adequate means of communication between English-speaking<br />
providers and individuals with limited English proficiency (LEP). The federal Office of Civil Rights<br />
defines an LEP individual as “someone who is unable to speak, read, write, or understand the English<br />
language at a level to interact effectively with health and social service agencies and providers” (cited in<br />
Rice 2007; also see Martinez et al., 2004).<br />
Promising state level policies, legislation and/or initiatives include:<br />
• New Jersey Senate Bill S-144, which was introduced in 1999 and signed into law in 2005. It requires that<br />
physicians in New Jersey to take cultural competency training as a condition of licensure by the State<br />
Board of Medical Examiners (see Salas-Lopez et al., 2007; also see Baquet et al., 2004);<br />
• The proposed Illinois Covered Act introduced into Illinois’ state legislature which would, among other<br />
things, establish a State <strong>Health</strong>care Workforce Council to provide an assessment of health care workforce<br />
trends with a focus on cultural competence and minority participation in health professions education<br />
(Smedley, 2008);<br />
• Pennsylvania’s governor, Ed Rendell's, proposed Cover All Pennsylvanians legislation which, if enacted,<br />
would similarly establish a Pennsylvania Center for <strong>Health</strong> Careers, among whose duties would be to<br />
develop recruitment and workplace tools that aim to improve health professional workforce diversity and<br />
promote the delivery of culturally appropriate care. In addition, this legislation would require charitable<br />
hospitals to produce a community needs assessment in consultation with community groups and local<br />
government officials (Smedley, 2008).<br />
• Various private, governmental, and non-profit organizations in the US have also increasingly come to adopt<br />
cultural competence policies, standards and training. Exworthy & Washington summarize the nature of such<br />
strategies and policies in Table 3.4 below:<br />
Table 3.4: Strategies to improve cultural competence at different levels in the US<br />
Source: Exworthy & Washington, 2006. Adapted from Betancourt et al., 2002.<br />
68
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
• Private health insurers such as Kaiser Permanente, Aetna, and BlueCross BlueShield of Florida, have been<br />
particularly active in developing cultural competence initiatives (see Betancourt et al., 2005 for more on these<br />
initiatives). The California Endowment, a private, state-wide health foundation that was created in 1996 as a<br />
result of Blue Cross of California's creation of WellPoint <strong>Health</strong> Networks (a for-profit corporation) has been<br />
especially active in developing research and initiatives aimed at improving the cultural and linguistic<br />
competence of the US healthcare system.<br />
Also of particular note in this respect is the Institute for Culturally Competent Care of the Kaiser<br />
Permanente - America's leading nonprofit integrated health plan, serving approximately 8.2 million people in<br />
nine states and the District of Columbia – which has established numerous ‘'Centers of Excellence' for<br />
different racial/ethnic groups in their efforts to raise the profile of cultural competency within their health-care<br />
provision. Various other philanthropic foundations, such as the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation and<br />
Commonwealth Fund in particular, have also actively pursued agendas seeking to widen access to health care<br />
through research and demonstration projects.<br />
Limitations and Challenges<br />
Among the challenges and limitations of American policy developments addressing health and healthcare disparities<br />
discussed in the literature are the following:<br />
• Failure to address broader determinants of health and structural patterns of socio-economic inequality and<br />
disadvantage as these impact upon health disparities (Raphael and Bryant, 2006; Exworthy et al., 2006;<br />
Exworthy & Washington, 2006);<br />
• Overly exclusive focus on ethnic and racial disparities in healthcare service, to the neglect of other bases and<br />
forms of disparity (Raphael & Bryant, 2006);<br />
• Narrow and exclusive focus on healthcare disparities and/or confusion or conflation of healthcare disparities<br />
with disparities in health status (Exworthy & Washington, 2006);<br />
• Dominance of medical model and individual-behavioural approaches to the neglect of broader public policy<br />
solutions to disparities. Fundamental reluctance to view such broader social inequities and determinants of<br />
health as a public policy matter (Raphael & Bryant, 2006);<br />
• Flawed tendency to ascribe all health inequalities to biological or cultural causes as a result of official US<br />
statistics near exclusive reporting of health inequalities by race rather than by socioeconomic status (Howden-<br />
Chapman & Kawachi, 2002).<br />
Dominant Framework<br />
• <strong>Health</strong>care Equity Frameworks, more specifically, cultural competence frameworks focusing on issues of<br />
race/ethnicity and accessibility to healthcare services.<br />
Rating on Whitehead’s Action Spectrum<br />
• The dominant state of affairs, as concerns health equity efforts in the broad (social determinants of health<br />
inclusive) sense, ranges from Awareness Raising to Denial/Indifference and Mental Block<br />
• As concerns healthcare equity and cultural competence in particular, the dominant state of affairs could be<br />
characterised as isolated initiatives and awareness raising.<br />
England<br />
Policy/Strategy Developments<br />
Over a short period of time following the election of the Labour government in 1997, the UK has rapidly become a,<br />
if not the, leader in governmental health equity policy and action aimed at not only the healthcare system but also<br />
addressing wider determinants of health/health equity. Among the landmark UK policies, strategies and initiatives<br />
described in the literature are:<br />
69
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
• The (1980) Black Report, which is described by Benzeval (2002) as “by far the most significant event in recent<br />
history” in the UK’s “long [150 year] history of conducting research on health inequalities”. This formative<br />
report described how “lowest employment-level groups showed a greater likelihood of suffering from a wide<br />
range of diseases and dying prematurely from illness or injury at every stage of the life cycle” and concluded<br />
that “the material conditions under which people live their lives: availability of income, working conditions, and<br />
quality of available food and housing, etc. were the primary determinants of these findings” (Raphael & Bryant,<br />
2006; see Black & Smith, 1992). While the Report had little immediate impact under the Thatcher and Major<br />
Conservative Governments (1979-1997), it would later come to play a significant role in shaping research and<br />
policy developments in the succeeding Labour Government era (1997-present).<br />
• One month into the new Labour Government’s first tenure, the first-ever Minister for Public <strong>Health</strong> in England<br />
launched the development of a new health strategy - Saving Lives: Our <strong>Health</strong>ier Nation - that had<br />
'tackling inequalities’ at its heart. Having as one of its two aims “to improve the health of the worst-off in<br />
society and to narrow the health gap'” , the final Saving Lives policy document of July 1999 not only<br />
addressed the social causes of ill-health and inequalities but specifically noted that “tackling inequalities<br />
generally, is the best means of tackling health inequalities in particular” (cited in Benzeval, 2002, p.205; see<br />
Saving Lives 1999). In response to criticisms that this strategy failed to set national targets for the reduction of<br />
health inequalities, a new and revised strategy - NHS Plan: a Plan for Investment, a Plan for Reform - was<br />
developed by the Department of <strong>Health</strong> in July 2000 that introduced its first national target: 'to narrow the<br />
health gap in childhood and throughout life between socioeconomic groups and between the most<br />
deprived areas and the rest of the country' (ibid.; citing UK Department of <strong>Health</strong>, 2000).<br />
• In July 1997, Sir Donald Acheson was asked to chair an Independent Inquiry into Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong> to<br />
'identify priority areas for future policy development…to reduce health inequalities' (Acheson, 1998). The<br />
subsequent Acheson Report, published in 1998, considered a wide range of evidence on contributing health<br />
determinants and concluded in its synopsis, in a manner echoing the findings of the (1980) Black Report:<br />
• The weight of scientific evidence supports a socioeconomic explanation of health inequalities. This traces the<br />
roots of ill health to such determinants as income, education and employment as well as to the material<br />
environment and lifestyle (Acheson, 1998; cited in Raphael & Bryant, 2006).<br />
The Report offered 39 main recommendations over 13 areas which spanned a range of health determinants including<br />
“poverty, income, tax and benefits; education; employment; housing and environment; mobility, transport and<br />
pollution, among others” (ibid.). Of these recommendations, the Inquiry Committee argued that three were<br />
particularly crucial:<br />
• All policies likely to have an impact on health should be evaluated in terms of their impact on health<br />
inequalities.<br />
• A high priority should be given to the health of families with children.<br />
• Further steps should be taken to reduce income inequalities and improve the living standards of poor<br />
households (Acheson, 1998).<br />
Among the major policy initiatives to arise in response to the Acheson Report was the UK Department of <strong>Health</strong>’s<br />
(1999) Reducing <strong>Health</strong> Inequalities: An Action Report. Benzeval (2002) distinguishes this action plan as the first<br />
UK government action plan to officially acknowledge the wide range of social policies influencing health<br />
inequalities and the first to treat such policies as suitable arenas for government action. Reducing <strong>Health</strong> Inequalities<br />
for instance emphasized the need to tackle 'the causes of poverty and social exclusion, not just the symptoms'<br />
(Department of <strong>Health</strong>, 1999).The major themes and corresponding policy initiatives pursued in this action strategy<br />
are listed in Box 3.1 as follows:<br />
70
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Box 3.1: Reducing <strong>Health</strong> Inequalities: An Agenda for Action<br />
The current government's strategy is organized into the nine themes set out below. Some of the<br />
specific policies it cites as action under each theme are also listed to illustrate its approach.<br />
Raising living standards and tackling low income by introducing a minimum wage and a<br />
range of tax credits and increasing benefit levels.<br />
Education and early years by introducing policies to improve educational standards, creating<br />
'Sure Start' - preschool services in disadvantaged areas, free to those on low incomes.<br />
Employment by creating a range of welfare to work schemes for different priority groups.<br />
Transport and mobility by setting targets to reduce road traffic accidents, developing safe walking<br />
and cycling routes, and standardizing concessionary fares for older people.<br />
Issue for the NHS include working in partnership with local authorities to tackle the wider<br />
determinants of health, reviewing the resource allocation formula to local healthcare agencies,<br />
developing national service frameworks to standardize care across the country for particular<br />
conditions, and broadening the performance management framework for the NHS to include fair<br />
access and improving health.<br />
Building healthy communities by investing in a range of regeneration initiatives in disadvantaged<br />
areas, including <strong>Health</strong> Action Zones.<br />
Housing by changing capital financial rules to promote investment in social housing and<br />
introducing special initiatives to tackle homelessness.<br />
Reducing crime by investing in range of community-led crime prevention schemes and tackling<br />
drug misuse.<br />
Public health issues - the first-ever Minister for Public <strong>Health</strong> is overseeing a range of<br />
initiatives to encourage healthy lifestyles, strengthen the public health workforce and tackle<br />
specific problems such as fluoridation of water supplies.<br />
Original Source: Department of <strong>Health</strong>, 1999. Adapted by Benzeval, 2002<br />
An extensive evaluation of these initiatives – published in report form by Exworthy et al.’ (2003) as Tackling health<br />
inequalities since the Acheson inquiry – found significant progress in UK efforts to tackle health inequalities. As<br />
Raphael & Bryant report of Exworthy’s (2003) findings:<br />
Evidence concerning health inequalities had been gathered, health inequalities had been placed on the<br />
policy agenda to a significant extent, and a diverse range of activities with increasing integration and<br />
coherence had been developed. Indicators of outcomes and policy implementation were beginning to<br />
emerge though impacts upon health status were not yet apparent. The authors concluded: “Many<br />
challenges remain but the prospects for tackling inequalities are good” (p. 52; cited in Raphael & Bryant,<br />
2006).<br />
More recent evaluations (e.g. Hills & Stewart, 2005) further credit the Labour government with taking issues of<br />
poverty and social exclusion seriously, for instance, reducing child poverty through concerted whole-of-government<br />
strategic policy action.<br />
• In 2003 the Department of <strong>Health</strong> and the Treasury developed a comprehensive Programme for Action which is<br />
discussed in some detail below in Box 3.2<br />
71
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Box 3.2: Cross-Government Action on <strong>Health</strong> Inequities, the United Kingdom<br />
In 2002, as part of the formal government-wide spending negotiations, the Department of <strong>Health</strong> and the Treasury led<br />
discussions between 18 departments to inform a delivery plan for the targets and identified the contribution required from each<br />
part of government. The Treasury’s financial and political authority was instrumental and brought departments to the table to<br />
engage in a cross-cutting goal. It facilitated agreement between departments to combine expertise and resources behind<br />
government priorities.<br />
The 2003 Programme for Action identified 82 funded commitments, owned by 12 government departments, which in the<br />
following 3 years would lay a foundation for achieving the 2010 targets and provide a sustainable impact on the wider<br />
determinants of health. The Programme for Action provided a strategic framework to direct all actions towards a single goal. This<br />
prescribed coordination at both national and local levels of government and strong performance management systems to drive<br />
delivery. An open process of regular audit, reporting, and review provides understanding of the target trajectory and the ability to<br />
refine the approach. Status reports were published in 2005 and 2008. The target has put pressure on the government to<br />
coordinate activities. This has required good communication between departments and Treasury leadership. National<br />
frameworks now mandate health inequities as a top priority for health planners and local government, while central guidance and<br />
support has targeted underperforming areas and promoted best practice. The current Secretary of State for <strong>Health</strong> has made<br />
health inequities his priority, challenging the National <strong>Health</strong> Service, which has its 60th anniversary in 2008, to live up to its<br />
founding principles of universality and fairness.<br />
Source: Hayward, 2007, as featured in WHO’s (2008) Closing the Gap Report<br />
.<br />
Other unique and innovative features of the UK policy and strategy landscape include:<br />
• The introduction of <strong>Health</strong> Action Zones (HAZs). See Box 3.3 below for more information on these<br />
innovative pilot projects.<br />
Box 3.3: <strong>Health</strong> Action Zones<br />
The introduction of <strong>Health</strong> Action Zones (HAZs) in selected areas as 7-year pilot projects “'to explore mechanisms for breaking<br />
through current organizational boundaries to tackle inequalities and to deliver better<br />
services'. <strong>Local</strong> partnerships between health and local authorities were invited to bid for HAZ status. Forty-one bids were<br />
received; 11 areas were successful in achieving HAZ status in April 1998, and a further 15 in April 1999. Together these areas<br />
cover 13 million people in England and include some of the most disadvantaged areas of the country./ Tackling inequalities in<br />
health is central to HAZs' agenda, with Ministers frequently describing them as being in the 'vanguard' or 'frontline of the war on<br />
health inequalities'….The foundation<br />
of this new way of working is a partnership between health and local authorities, voluntary and community groups and, in some<br />
places, other agencies. The way in which these partnerships are formed and work together to assess their needs, develop their<br />
strategies and deliver their services is fundamental to the success of the HAZ initiative. Crucially, they must develop a strategy to<br />
achieve their goal of improving health and reducing health inequalities, and ways of monitoring and learning from what they<br />
achieve”<br />
Source: Judge et al., 1999; cited in Judge and Mackenzie, 2002, p.306.<br />
• Another particularly distinguishing feature of the UK governmental/policy landscape is the statutory<br />
‘equality’ duties and legally enshrined obligations to not only eliminate discrimination but promote equality<br />
along multiple dimensions, including race, gender and ability, and, more recently, age, sexual orientation<br />
and religion or belief. Current duties require all public bodies (including the NHS) to develop and put into<br />
place ‘equality schemes’ which are essentially action plans outlining measures and initiatives being<br />
undertaken to promote equality in the abovementioned areas. The recently created Equality and Human<br />
Rights Commission (which brings together the work of the three previous equality commissions around<br />
race, sex and disability) is currently working with the UK government to move towards single equality<br />
72
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
legislation. Such legislation will legally require public bodies to conduct equality impact assessments (see<br />
Box X) and develop equality schemes (see Box X below) relating to not only gender and race but also other<br />
dimensions of inequality including age, sexual orientation and religion or belief. The Department of <strong>Health</strong><br />
has already proactively developed two Single Equality Schemes - SES (2007-2010) and, more recently, in<br />
updated and revised form, SES (2008-2011) – in anticipation of this requirement. The DOH SES’s set out<br />
the Department’s public commitments and plans for action across six ‘equality strands’ of race/ethnicity,<br />
gender, disability, age, sexual orientation and religion or belief (see<br />
http://www.dh.gov.uk/en/Publicationsandstatistics/Publications/PublicationsPolicyAndGuidance/DH_0754<br />
63 for downloadable copy of the latest 2008 Department of <strong>Health</strong> Single Equality Scheme).<br />
Policy commitments within the UK Department of <strong>Health</strong> are also guided by an overarching (2003)<br />
Equality Framework which commits the Management Board of the DOH to “improving the health and<br />
well-being of the population through a health and social care system which:<br />
• Is provided equally to those who need it, free at the point of need<br />
• Offers a personal service which is truly patient-centred<br />
• Has sufficiently increased capacity to enable choice and diversity to be offered to patients<br />
• Is fair and provides equity of access to care.<br />
The National <strong>Health</strong> Service (NHS) has also developed an Equality Framework -The Vital Connection: An<br />
Equalities Framework for the NHS - that has oriented work in the health sector since 2003.The (2003)<br />
Vital Connection Framework has three strategic equality aims that all parts of the NHS are required to work<br />
towards through a series of priorities, objectives and targets. These three strategic equality aims are:<br />
1. A workforce for equality and diversity - To recruit, develop and retain a workforce that is able to<br />
deliver high quality services that are accessible, responsive and appropriate to meet the diverse needs<br />
of different groups and individuals.<br />
2. A better place to work - To ensure that the NHS is a fair employer achieving equality of opportunity<br />
and outcomes in the workplace.<br />
3. A service using its leverage to make a difference - To ensure that the NHS uses its influences and<br />
resources as an employer to make a difference to the life opportunities and the health of its local<br />
community, especially those who are shut out or disadvantaged.<br />
Such NHS and Department of <strong>Health</strong> Strategic Frameworks and objectives are primarily enforced at the<br />
local level by Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authorities (see <strong>Appendix</strong> 2 and Box 4.1, 4.2, 4.4, and 4.7 for more on<br />
functions and governance of Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authorities).<br />
• In their international review of public health policy, Raphael & Bryant draw attention to five ways in which<br />
such UK policy developments differ from what is happening in the Canadian and US contexts:<br />
• The first is the recognition that health inequalities are a cause for serious concern.<br />
• The second is the serious use of available research evidence by government authorities.<br />
• The third is the recognition that these areas are cause for concern not only by health ministries and<br />
departments but also the entire government.<br />
• Fourth, there is a commitment to action through the development and implementation of public policy.<br />
73
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
• And fifth, there is a goal for the National <strong>Health</strong> Service to promote equitable access to services in relation<br />
to need and they’re taking the lead in working with other agencies to tackle the broader determinants of<br />
health. In addition, goals were set for the elimination of health inequalities (Raphael & Bryant, 2006). 20<br />
Limitations and Challenge<br />
Some of the limitations and challenges of UK policies and strategies discussed in the literature are outlined below:<br />
• It has proven difficult to reorientate the health service to focus on health rather than healthcare issues at the<br />
local level. “To achieve this,” Benzeval argues, “local agencies require consistent and clear messages,<br />
reinforced by a range of policy levers such as performance management systems” (2002, p. 212).<br />
• There have been challenges collaborating intersectorally; though reducing health inequalities requires a broad<br />
social policy response, other sectors sometimes have more pressing goals and priorities that may be<br />
fundamentally out of sync with efforts to improve living standards, employment conditions and social security.<br />
Such inconsistencies in priorities can make it difficult to make substantial inroads in reducing health inequities<br />
(Judge & Mackenzie, 2002).<br />
• There have been challenges attributing causes and effects to interventions and policies that are aimed at broad<br />
health determinants and developing appropriate indicators to measure progress on intersectoral initiatives<br />
(Exworthy et al., 2006; WHO, 2008). 21<br />
• There is a less progressive trend in more recent reports (e.g. Wanless 2004; Dept of <strong>Health</strong>, 2004) to focus more<br />
narrowly on individual health behaviours and healthcare service access issues to the exclusion of broader social<br />
structural determinants of health (Raphael & Bryant, 2006).<br />
• There remains a gap between the state of knowledge and analyses, and the implementation of the latter (Raphael<br />
& Bryant, 2006 )<br />
• Objectives and targets are not always clearly linked and/or articulated (specifically in relation to the <strong>Health</strong><br />
Action Zones) and “pathways of expected change” are not always “specified in sufficient detail for it to be<br />
possible to make a reasonable judgement about whether the target is feasible” (Judge & Mackenzie, 2002).<br />
Dominant Framework<br />
• Whole-of-government <strong>Health</strong> Equity Framework that considers broad socio-economic determinants of health.<br />
20<br />
Raphael & Bryant give the example, in this respect, of “the 2002 Spending <strong>Review</strong> Public Service Agreement – a kind of business plan –<br />
for the Department of <strong>Health</strong> which contained the goal ‘By 2010 to reduce inequalities in health outcomes by 10% as measured by infant<br />
mortality and life expectancy at birth’. To facilitate and support action, the government set up ‘cross-cutting spending reviews’ focused<br />
on health inequalities. These reviews are to be used by departments to inform spending plans for the 2003–2006 period.<br />
21 Though it is perhaps too early to judge, there appear to be few visible, attributable impacts of such broad policy interventions in the UK context<br />
thus far, and existing time trends show little evidence of narrowing health gaps (e.g. poverty rates for working aged adults without children reach<br />
all-time high levels by 2002-2003) (Raphael & Bryant, 2006). Exworthy et al. (2006) draw attention to some of the difficulties in measuring<br />
success of such interventions due to the length of time required for such interventions to take effect. As they argue:<br />
the causal pathway between policy and outcome may be apparent only in the long term [years or decades], if at all. …[ Yet] the period in<br />
which the policy interventions are expected to deliver results and over what time periods these effects should be measured often are not<br />
clear” (Exworthy et al., 2006).<br />
74
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Rating on Whitehead’s Action Spectrum<br />
• Comprehensive Coordinated Policy<br />
Other International Developments (Netherlands, Sweden, New Zealand, Barcelona)<br />
The following section lists some of the promising government policy/strategy developments and interventions<br />
relating to health equity encountered in the literature emanating from other parts of the world.<br />
Australia<br />
• Australian health authorities have developed, implemented, and provided training on health equity impact<br />
assessment (see Section 4.3E for more on the origins, development, employment, and usefulness of <strong>Health</strong><br />
Equity Impact Assessment tools in various jurisdictions).<br />
Box 3.4: <strong>Health</strong> Equity Impact Assessments in Australia<br />
The Australian Better <strong>Health</strong> Initiative is part of a Council of Australian Governments Reform Package, which<br />
aims to improve health for all Australians. As part of the development of the Implementation Plan for New South<br />
Wales, a Rapid Equity Focussed Impact Assessment was conducted. Eight initiatives were assessed on their<br />
potential equity impacts, looking at inequities by age, gender, place of residence, ethnicity, and socioeconomic<br />
status. Concrete recommendations were formulated on how to improve the equity focus and potential positive<br />
impacts on health equity of the Initiative.<br />
Original Source: Harris, Harris & Kemp, 2006; Taken from WHO, 2008.<br />
Box 3.5: Expanding Capacity for <strong>Health</strong> Equity Impact Assessment in Australia: Learning by<br />
Doing<br />
An example of capacity building for health impact assessment is the “Learning by Doing” approach that was part<br />
of the New South Wales <strong>Health</strong> Impact Assessment Project. Learning by Doing includes formal training, access<br />
to resources and technical support, and continued building of consensus on the scope of health impact<br />
assessment. An equity focus needs to be incorporated into all training on health impact assessment.<br />
Original Source: Harris, 2007; Taken from WHO, 2008<br />
The Netherlands<br />
• The Netherlands has been successful in putting health equity issues on the political agenda, having achieved<br />
broad consensus on the need to reduce health inequalities (See Stronks 2002 for summary of policy<br />
developments in the Netherlands from 1980 to 2000; also see Stronks & Gunning-Scheper, 1993).<br />
75
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
New Zealand<br />
Box 3.6: Monitoring <strong>Health</strong> Inequities in New Zealand<br />
New Zealand has initiated a whole-of-government approach to reducing inequities in health, especially with<br />
regard to the ways in which ethnicity and socioeconomic inequities interact. Key policy documents released in<br />
2000 and 2002 have embedded a health inequity focus into all levels of the work of the health sector and have<br />
provided a template (the Reducing Inequalities in health Framework) for how action to reduce health inequities<br />
could be achieved. New Zealand has performed particularly well in steadfastly monitoring inequities and<br />
reporting those inequities in ways that best facilitate action. This has been achieved through a number of<br />
mechanisms, including a strong emphasis on ethnicity recording in the health sector, the routine matching of<br />
census with mortality records, and widespread use of a census-based small area deprivation measure, the New<br />
Zealand Deprivation Index. These approaches have boosted cross-sectoral interest in inequities, facilitated<br />
discussion in academic and policy circles about the root causes of inequities, and provided social agencies with<br />
evidence on which they can plan programmes and policies to address health inequities in their respective areas.<br />
Original Source: WHO & PHAC, 2007; Taken from WHO, 2008.<br />
Sweden<br />
• “Sweden has a decentralized form of federalism and a political culture compatible with a broad,<br />
determinants-based strategy. The motivation to address health disparities in Sweden led to a sustained national<br />
dialogue on the determinants of health and their consequences. The government pursued a consensus-building<br />
process that involved all political parties, an evidence-based approach and extensive public consultation. The<br />
result was a strongly supported strategy that focuses almost exclusively on the non-medical determinants of<br />
health” (<strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group, 2004).<br />
3.3 SOME KEY LESSONS & RECOMMENDATIONS<br />
This section concludes with some key lessons and recommendations discerned from this review of the grey and<br />
academic literature on international health equity policies.<br />
• Knowledge development (especially the development of appropriate health equity measures and indicators) and<br />
dissemination through partnerships and (community-government-academic) collaboration is critical to putting<br />
health equity on the public policy agenda and advancing health equity strategies.<br />
• Comprehensive approaches that combine and incorporate, in varying degrees, (1) health equity and healthcare<br />
equity policy objectives, (2) upstream, midstream and downstream (‘all stream’) interventions, and (3)<br />
universalist and selectivist approaches have proven most effective, in part due to their design and analysis of<br />
causal pathways of health inequity, and in part due to the politics of such multi-pronged approaches which can<br />
appeal to multiple audiences and constituencies (depending on their emphases) across the political spectrum.<br />
• The healthcare sector can and should play a lead role in advancing a broad inter-sectoral health equity policy<br />
agenda that addresses social determinants of health. Intersectoral collaboration is critical to the success of a<br />
truly comprehensive health equity policy agenda seeking to effectively reduce health inequities.<br />
• Political will and a conducive policy/political environment is critical to the advancement of the health equity<br />
policy agenda. Policies should thus strategically align themselves, wherever possible (i.e. while maintaining<br />
their integrity) with local policy contexts and drivers to gain traction and fruition.<br />
• Policies should be guided by evidence regarding the nature of the problem (health inequity) and the appropriate<br />
intervention solutions to the greatest extent possible. In the absence of evidence (particularly in the latter<br />
respect), pilot demonstration projects, and their evaluation, are critical. Evidence alone, however, cannot inform<br />
and steer policy choices, as ethical views and priorities, too, play a key role. It is thus critical that ethical<br />
commitments and foundations for policies are clearly spelled out in ways that can help inform difficult policy<br />
choices.<br />
• Policy objectives should be clearly articulated in realistic, operationalizable terms.<br />
76
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
PART 2<br />
ACCOUNTABILITY, COMPLIANCE AND<br />
QUALITY ASSURANCE<br />
Having considered various health disparity frameworks, policy options, debates and trends, Part II of this review<br />
examines ways and means of ensuring accountability and compliance with such policies and providing quality<br />
assurance, as discussed in the health equity literature. Case studies profiling good practice are interspersed<br />
throughout this section. Most of the good practices profiled are drawn from the UK governmental context, as the UK<br />
government has made the most progress in tackling health inequalities among governments surveyed in Part I,<br />
Section 3.<br />
Part II is organized into three sections:<br />
• Policy and Strategy;<br />
• Leadership and Governance; and<br />
• Performance Management<br />
4.1 POLICY AND STRATEGY: Essential Components and Dimensions of policy and strategy<br />
development to ensure compliance and accountability<br />
To ensure compliance across the system, equity policies and strategic goals need to be adopted at the highest levels<br />
of the organisation/system as an essential and integral component of the organization/system’s strategic goals, vision<br />
and mandate. It is moreover essential that such organizational strategic goals be performance managed by senior<br />
management (see Governance section below).<br />
The <strong>Local</strong> <strong>Health</strong> System Integration Act requires the <strong>Local</strong> <strong>Health</strong> Integration Networks (LHINs) to each develop<br />
an Integrated <strong>Health</strong> Service Plan (IHSP) - with input from the community, and in accordance with the provincial<br />
(MOHLTC) <strong>Health</strong> System Strategic Plan. The MOHLTC’s strategic plan is expected to contain a commitment to<br />
equity as a strategic priority and goal. It is essential that the vision statement, integration strategy and specific<br />
priorities laid out for the local health system in such IHSPs include and reflect a strong commitment to health equity.<br />
As discussed in Part I, clearly articulating one’s equity vision, policy goals and objectives, in terms that can be<br />
operationalised and measured, is critical to ensuring accountability. The more vague the vision and corresponding<br />
policy objectives, the less able are policymakers and other stakeholders (including the public) to measure and gauge<br />
progress, which is critical to ensuring accountability and responsibility for the performance of such policies.<br />
Strategic goals around equity need not only be clear and measurable but also achievable (versus merely aspirational)<br />
in order to ensure continued momentum on the basis of early and sustained achievements (see Box 4.1, 4.5 and 4.6<br />
for good examples of clearly articulated, realistic, and operational health equity goals and objectives).<br />
It is also critical that policymakers elaborate the ethical foundations of their policy commitments (if not in the policy<br />
itself, then in policy guideline materials), so as to help guide tough decisions regarding which goals and strategies to<br />
pursue (see Section 3.1 for more on the importance of elaborating ethical premises, under the subsection, Policy<br />
Justification).<br />
77
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
It is moreover advisable, in the interests of accountability and compliance, that health equity policy statements are<br />
adjoined with concrete action plans and guidelines for implementation that clearly articulate the means (strategies<br />
and plans) by which such policy goals and objectives are to be realised, as well as the expected strategic outcomes of<br />
each action plan initiative. The more fully and transparently such corresponding action plans and desired outcomes<br />
are elaborated and explained in relation to policy goals and objectives, the more able are stakeholders to monitor and<br />
debate the feasibility and ‘fit’ of such plans as a means of achieving the espoused goals and objectives.<br />
Strategic action plans, moreover, should go into detail about what will be done, by when and by whom, clearly<br />
listing, in this latter respect, the responsibilities of each relevant stakeholder accountable and responsible for<br />
ensuring policy implementation and compliance. The Plan should thus:<br />
• Set dates on when you will do the things such as monitoring, reviewing procedures, training and guidance;<br />
• Expand on how these will be done and by whom;<br />
• Clarify what will be your measures of success and how you will evaluate these (including how and when you<br />
will review the overall working of your policy) (ACAS, 2009).<br />
Clearly articulating the objectives and corresponding action tasks to be performed, as well as the lead role holders<br />
having carriage over such tasks, is essential to ensuring that the policy is accountably advanced. It is also important,<br />
as mentioned above, that a process and timeline is agreed upon for regularly reviewing and updating the policy,<br />
in light of incoming information on progress or lack thereof.<br />
Policies should also be supplemented by explicit strategies for making the policy known to all stakeholders.<br />
Dissemination of policy initiatives within and beyond the organisation in question is essential, not only because of<br />
the public’s right to know, in the case of public health policy, but because bringing such policies into public light<br />
makes it that much more difficult to get away with doing nothing in support/pursuit of it. It is useful, in this respect,<br />
to develop policy guidelines to further elaborate and explain policy goals, objectives, strategic plans and desired<br />
outcomes to concerned stakeholders in more detailed form<br />
The process of policy development is as critical to its success in implementation as the content of the policy. The<br />
policymaking process should not only involve knowledge experts, but also all affected and interested<br />
stakeholders, including, importantly, members of the public, in particular members of vulnerable communities who<br />
may be targeted by the policy.<br />
Aside from the intrinsic value of such public/stakeholder involvement in a democratic society, such engagement<br />
may increase public (and thus political) and staff ‘buy-in’, and help prevent resistance, backlash, and subversion at<br />
implementation phases (see Sabik & Lie, 2008 for more on the importance but also challenges of stakeholder<br />
involvement in policymaking processes).<br />
Policy decisions and outcomes should be transparently communicated to stakeholders at all phases of the policy<br />
development process. Such transparency in itself helps to increase accountability, since it is much easier to ‘drop the<br />
policy ball’ when no one is aware of the policy or applying pressure for ‘results’ (Sabik & Lie, 2008).<br />
Training initiatives in support of the policy are also critical to ensuring compliance, as such initiatives help to equip<br />
those responsible for implementation with the appropriate skills and competencies required to do so effectively.<br />
78
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Box 4.1: NHS London Strategic Plan 2009-2013<br />
In the UK context, Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authorities (SHAs) most resemble the LHINS in terms of their role, function, structure and place<br />
in the overall UK National <strong>Health</strong> System (see <strong>Appendix</strong> 2: The structure of the new NHS in England for more on the configuration of<br />
the UK health system). Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authorities have three main functions:<br />
(1) developing and implementing strategy for health and healthcare<br />
(2) holding local organisations to account for the quality of the care which<br />
they provide; and<br />
(3) ensuring capacity through the development of the workforce, technology<br />
and buildings (NHS London, 2007, p.6).<br />
NHS London, one of 10 national strategic health authorities in England, was formed in July 2006 when the five previous London<br />
Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authorities were combined, bringing together the North West London, North <strong>Central</strong> London, North <strong>East</strong> London,<br />
South <strong>East</strong> London, and South West London authorities into a single strategic body. NHS London covers 32 London Boroughs with a<br />
population of approximately 7.2 million and rising. NHS London has overall responsibility for the performance of 31 primary care trusts<br />
(PCTs), 22 24 acute trusts (hospitals) 23 , three mental health trusts 24 and the London Ambulance Service.<br />
NHS London’s commitment to reducing health inequalities is reflected in its vision and mission statement and strategic goals. The<br />
NHS London Vision statement for instance reads:<br />
Our vision is world-class health and healthcare for Londoners.<br />
Achieving our vision will mean:<br />
• improved health as a whole for Londoners<br />
• reduced health inequalities by delivering greater improvement for the<br />
most disadvantaged groups<br />
• higher quality services and enhanced clinical safety for patients<br />
• sustained financial stability (NHS London, 2008).<br />
22 Primary Care Trusts (PCTs) are responsible for the provision of health services to the local community across England. Primary care services<br />
include general medical practitioners (GPs), dentists, pharmacists, opticians, district nursing and numerous other services. PCTs receive budgets<br />
directly from the Department of <strong>Health</strong> and commission (i.e. purchase) services from providers, putting in place their own service agreements<br />
(see <strong>Appendix</strong> 1: The structure of the new NHS in England for more on the organization of the UK health system). Since April 2002, PCTs have<br />
taken control of local health care while strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authorities (SHAs) monitor local performance and standards. SHA’s also commission<br />
highly specialised services for rare conditions through its National Commissioning Group (NCG) http://www.london.nhs.uk/your-nhs-inlondon/structure-explained,<br />
Retrieved March 3, 2009).<br />
23 NHS acute trusts are responsible for running many NHS hospitals.<br />
24 “Mental health trusts oversee mental health services which can be provided through a General Practitioner, other primary care services, or<br />
through more specialist care in NHS hospital trusts or local council social services departments” (Retrieved March 3, 2009 from<br />
http://www.london.nhs.uk/your-nhs-in-london/structure-explained).<br />
.<br />
79
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Box 4.1 continued<br />
The NHS London Mission (what is NHS London’s role?) reads:<br />
Our role is to:<br />
• Provide strategic leadership for the NHS in London<br />
• Build a sustainable, affordable and innovative health service in London<br />
• Ensure health resourcing tackles inequalities and shifts the balance of<br />
resources towards community services<br />
• Encourage the NHS in London to work in partnership with stakeholders<br />
(NHS London, 2008).<br />
The NHS London Strategy to achieve its vision and mission includes, as the first of seven strategy components:<br />
• “Work in partnership with pan-London organisations to improve<br />
health and reduce health inequalities” (NHS London, 2008, p.4).<br />
The NHS London Strategic Plan lists a further three more specific, concrete strategic goals, as desired outcomes over the<br />
next three to five years, in relation to the above strategy:<br />
• Average life expectancy of Londoners increased by at least 2 years<br />
for males and females<br />
• Number of primary care clinicians per population to increase as a<br />
function of deprivation so that the most deprived boroughs have more<br />
primary care clinicians<br />
• The difference in life expectancy between the best and worst boroughs in<br />
London is reduced by 10 per cent.<br />
Source: NHS London, 2008.<br />
4.2. LEADERSHIP & GOVERNANCE in support of accountability and compliance<br />
Governance arrangements for health equity policies and strategies are also critical to establishing accountability and<br />
ensuring compliance. Governance – how decision-making power, authority, accountability/responsibility (reporting<br />
relationships) and performance management is organized and configured 25 – should extend to the highest authority<br />
in the health system (‘the tree top’) to ensure coherent integration of health equity concerns across all policy,<br />
program, service/function areas and effective performance management and coordination across the system.<br />
25 The <strong>Health</strong> Resources and Services Administration (HRSA) of the US Department of <strong>Health</strong> and Human Services defines governance in its<br />
(2002) cultural competence assessment domain framework as “the goal-setting, policy-making, and other oversight vehicles an organization uses<br />
to help ensure the delivery of culturally competent care”.<br />
80
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Governing entities should also involve and build on the insights and experience of those closest to the ground (the<br />
‘grassroots’), including frontline service providers, service users and targeted marginalized communities, to ensure<br />
local relevance of services and accountability to the public (Rachlis, 2007b; Gardner, 2008a; GTA Diversity and<br />
LHINS Working Group, 2008a).<br />
The UK’s rapid success in tackling health inequalities bears out the pivotal role of leadership at the highest levels (in<br />
the UK experience cabinet-level and Secretary of State level) in moving health equity strategies efficiently forward<br />
in ways establishing accountability and compliance across the system (see WHO, 2008). It is thus essential that<br />
ultimate responsibility for action on health equity unambiguously rests with the most senior person(s) at the highest<br />
governing level of the organisation. This helps to ensure legitimacy and buy-in, and coordination, across all<br />
corporate/program/service areas (WHO, 2008).<br />
The literature also stresses the importance of establishing an oversight body at the senior corporate level of the<br />
organisation to monitor progress and coordinate efforts for eliminating disparities on an ongoing basis (e.g. Beal,<br />
2004; Department of <strong>Health</strong>, 2007a; WHO, 2008). 26<br />
This requires dedicating staff and resources. Investing sufficient human and capital resources into the development<br />
and oversight of health equity policies and plans, corporately, is critical to ensuring compliance with such policies<br />
and plans (as borne out in the UK experience).<br />
The grey and academic literature also stresses the importance of mainstreaming accountability and responsibility<br />
for health equity throughout the organization/system, most notably through performance management systems and<br />
health equity impact assessment (HEIA) processes (see Section 4.3E for more on use of HEIA as mainstreaming<br />
tool).<br />
While it is important to have staff dedicated specifically to addressing health equity issues, it is thus essential that<br />
responsibility for the latter not be siloed in only one part of the organisation/system amongst ‘specialists’ but also be<br />
made the responsibility of all.<br />
Community/stakeholder engagement is another key governance ingredient to ensure public accountability and<br />
appropriate, quality service provision and resource allocation in tune with community needs on the ground<br />
(Smedley, 2008; Tugwell et al., 2006; Robertson & Swan, 2005; GTA Diversity and LHINS Working Group,<br />
2008a).<br />
Increasing public awareness of health equity issues through public involvement, consultation, advocacy and<br />
knowledge exchange also helps to ensure that health equity remains on governmental policy agendas, by helping to<br />
cultivate sufficient ‘push from below’ around health equity issues, which is also essential to sustaining such policies<br />
(Rachlis 2007; Gardner, 2008a; WHO, 2008).<br />
26 As the WHO contend, in relation to ensuring gender issues are addressed by health authorities:<br />
Effective organizational mainstreaming is facilitated by placing responsibility for mainstreaming gender with senior management, and<br />
by allocating adequate financial and human resources for a central unit with gender expertise (2008, p.149).<br />
81
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Box 4.2 Governance & Oversight of Equality issues in the UK Department of <strong>Health</strong><br />
Governance and oversight of Equality issues in the British healthcare system occurs at the highest level. Ultimate responsibility<br />
for ensuring that the Department of <strong>Health</strong> fulfills the objectives of its Equalities policy and Single Equality Scheme 27 lies with<br />
the Department Management Board (DMB). 28 The Board reviews reports of progress on the Single Equalities Scheme annually,<br />
making recommendations and amendments as necessary.<br />
On an individual basis, the Permanent Secretary (the highest ranking person) in his role as Accountable Officer is accountable<br />
for effective implementation of equality. The Permanent Secretary is in turn advised by the Director of Equality and Human<br />
Rights Group (EHRC).<br />
The Department of <strong>Health</strong>’s Equality and Human Rights Group, Equality Delivery Assurance Group (EDAG), and<br />
Management Board ‘Policy Committee’ are specifically mandated with overseeing Equality issues in the Department.<br />
Monitoring developments across six ‘equality strands’ - race, gender, disability, age, sexual orientation, gender identity, and<br />
religion and belief (as well as human rights in general) – the EHRG’s role includes to:<br />
*give strategic leadership on equality and human rights<br />
*champion equality and human rights within DH [Department of <strong>Health</strong>]<br />
*challenge discrimination across DH, the NHS [National <strong>Health</strong> Service] and Social Care<br />
*support DH policy colleagues and advise on proposed legislation<br />
*identify the ‘business case’ for Equality and Human Rights and provide examples of good<br />
practice to back it up<br />
*enable delivery of the equality and human rights agenda across the NHS and Social Care<br />
through innovative change programmes that test a variety of approaches<br />
*develop partnerships with stakeholders, regulators, patient and staff groups and other<br />
colleagues across DH, the NHS and Social Care to facilitate delivery of the above<br />
(Department of <strong>Health</strong> 2007).<br />
27 The Department of <strong>Health</strong>’s (2007-2010) Single Equality Scheme (SES) describes itself as “a public commitment of how we at the Department<br />
of <strong>Health</strong> plan to meet the duties placed upon us by the equality legislation”, which includes the Race Relations (Amendment) Act 2000,<br />
Disability Discrimination Act 2005 and the Sex Discrimination Act as amended by the Equality Act 2006 (Department of <strong>Health</strong>, 2007a). The<br />
SES also includes actions on age, religion and belief, and sexual orientation, and human rights more generally.<br />
28 The Departmental Management Board supports the Permanent Secretary in the discharge of his/her responsibilities as Principal Accounting<br />
Officer, within the framework set out by the Secretary of State. The Management Board is responsible for:<br />
providing advice to Ministers on developing the strategy and objectives for the health and social care system<br />
setting DH standards<br />
establishing the framework of governance, assurance and management of risk.<br />
The Board is also specifically responsible for approving:the Departmental Business Plan<br />
the DH Resource Account for each financial year<br />
the Departmental Report<br />
major expenditure commitments<br />
(Retrieved March 3, 2009 from http://www.dh.gov.uk/en/Aboutus/HowDHworks/BoardsandCommittees/DH_088623).<br />
82
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Box 4.2 continued<br />
The Equality Delivery Assurance Group (EDAG) functions as an advisory body, whose responsibility is to coordinate and<br />
provide assurance on compliance with equality legislation and other policy aspects of the DH Single Equality Programme. 29<br />
The Policy Committee (of the Departmental Management Board) is responsible for “monitoring the SES action plan and the<br />
continued application of equality screening and equality impact assessments across the DH policy delivery” (DH 2007b). The<br />
Committee receives quarterly reports from the EDAG on progress against the SES action plan and the programme of policy<br />
equality screening. The Policy Committee also contributes to the Annual Report of the Departmental Management Board.<br />
Role of Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authorities in equalities planning and monitoring<br />
Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authorities (SHAs) also play a critical role in ensuring that they and the local health providers and purchasers<br />
that they monitor and oversee fulfill their legal and policy obligations in relation to equality issues. As part of their management<br />
function, Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authorities each produce their own three-year Single Equality Schemes (SES) which set out their<br />
commitment to promoting equality of opportunity and tackling discrimination in access to health services and in the way that staff<br />
are treated (NHS London 2007).<br />
NHS London has developed and is currently implementing its own SES (2007-2010), which has a total of 37 objectives. Each<br />
objective is broken down into various associated ‘Tasks’, each of which are assigned a Lead person, Target Date for completion,<br />
and Outcome Measure(s).The NHS London Board 30 is ultimately accountable and responsible for successful implementation of<br />
the scheme. The Chief Executive of the Board and named Leads are responsible for reporting on progress and ensuring that<br />
action plan objectives are being met within their areas of responsibility.<br />
The development of NHS London’s (2007-2010) SES was facilitated by the Equality Steering Group (ESG), which is made up<br />
of a cross-section of NHS London staff (including senior representatives from Public <strong>Health</strong>, Corporate Affairs, Human<br />
Resources, Communications, the Union, and the Research unit). The Equality Steering Group’s purpose is “[t]o manage the<br />
overall project to produce the Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authority’s Single Equality Scheme consultation document, consult on the<br />
scheme, and all related activities associated with producing the Single Equality Scheme” (NHS London 2007).<br />
NHS London’s Single Equality Scheme (2007-2010) was also developed through the involvement of an Equality Reference<br />
Group (ERG). The purpose of the ERG was “[t]o actively participate in determining the scope, content, and presentation of the<br />
Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authority’s Single Equality Scheme consultation document, and to actively participate in determining the scope<br />
and methodology for the consultation process” (NHS London 2007). In addition to including disabled people within the group,<br />
other equality strands were also represented within the ERG group membership.<br />
While all of the monitoring functions described above, in the case of the Department of <strong>Health</strong> and the Strategic <strong>Health</strong><br />
Authorities, are internal to these organisations, UK equalities legislation also grants “significant powers” to the Equality and<br />
Human Rights Commission 31 to “enforce the equalities duties of organisations and authorities, including, ultimately, launching<br />
official inquiries and formal investigations” (Retrieved January 24, 2009 from http://www.equalityhumanrights.com).<br />
4.3. PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT LEVERS<br />
One of the most critical means of ensuring accountability for and compliance with health equity policy and strategy<br />
is by embedding and monitoring health equity goals and outcomes in performance management systems. Among the<br />
29 The DH Single Equality Programme incorporates the Single Equality Scheme and SES action plan development and monitoring, the Equality<br />
Impact Assessment Programme (EIA), Equality Delivery Assurance Group secretariat and Stakeholder <strong>Review</strong> and Management (for more on the<br />
Single Equality Programme see http://www.dh.gov.uk/en/Managingyourorganisation/Equalityandhumanrights/index.htm).<br />
30 NHS London is governed by the NHS London Board, which is made up of 6 non-executive directors (including the Chair), 5 executive<br />
directors (including the Chief Executive), and 4 non-voting members. The board is responsible for:<br />
establishing values and standards for NHS London<br />
agreeing the strategy for the NHS in London<br />
monitoring our performance against financial and other targets<br />
ensuring that risk is well managed (Retrieved March 3, 2009 from http://www.london.nhs.uk/who-we-are/people-and-structure/ourboard.)<br />
31 The Equality and Human Rights Commission is a non-departmental public body (NDPB) established under the Equality Act 2006 –<br />
accountable for its public funds, but independent of government.<br />
83
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
major ‘levers’ for managing performance currently available to the LHINS is their (1) funding and allocation<br />
powers; (2) local health system planning role (Integrated <strong>Health</strong> Service Plans); and (3) LHIN-Provider service<br />
accountability agreements. The critical importance of measuring, evaluating and assessing performance on an<br />
ongoing basis – and reporting on the results - is also discussed in this section as an essential ingredient in<br />
establishing accountability and compliance and assuring quality services and outcomes.<br />
A. Funding & Allocation<br />
A major policy lever for the LHINs is their funding authority to institutions (Moloughney, 2007). One of the<br />
primary means of ensuring action on and compliance with health equity strategic priorities at the local level is by<br />
developing LHINs funding criteria that ties funding to service provider performance on health equity.<br />
Such criteria could range from more general (and context/baseline dependent) criteria of demonstrating improved<br />
access and service delivery for marginalized communities (GTA Diversity and LHINs Working Group, 2008a), to<br />
specific performance targets, standards and/or benchmarks as a condition of funding. No small part of the success of<br />
the British Labour government in tackling health inequalities has been its own vigilance in ensuring that the<br />
reduction of health inequalities is maintained as a central criteria in the allocation of funds and resources across (and<br />
indeed beyond) the healthcare sector (Benzeval, 2002).<br />
In the US context, Title VI Legislation concerning the language rights of ‘persons with limited English proficiency’<br />
(part of the 1964 Civil Rights Act) has recently (2001) been interpreted in a manner requiring all federally funded<br />
healthcare service providers to meet certain Standards for linguistically appropriate service as a condition of their<br />
funding. The Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong> of the US Department of <strong>Health</strong> and Human Services developed these<br />
National Standards for Culturally and Linguistically Appropriate Services (CLAS) in 2001. The 14 CLAS Standards<br />
are listed below (see Box 4.3 below).<br />
Of these, only Standards 4, 5, 6, and 7 are currently enforceable as Mandates, that is as ‘current Federal<br />
requirements for all recipients of Federal funds’. 32 Standards 1, 2, 3, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13 are Guidelines, i.e.<br />
‘activities recommended by OMH for adoption as mandates by Federal, State, and national accrediting agencies’;<br />
and Standard 14 is a Recommendation, which is ‘suggested by OMH for voluntary adoption by health care<br />
organizations’ (OMH, 2001).<br />
32 Federal requirements allow a certain degree of flexibility in implementing the mandated standards, taking into account the unique and<br />
individual characteristics and circumstances of particular organizations (see OMH, 2001 for more details in this respect).<br />
84
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Box 4.3: Culturally and Linguistically Appropriate Services (CLAS) Standards<br />
Theme I: Culturally Competent Care<br />
Standard 1. <strong>Health</strong> care organizations should ensure that patients/consumers receive from all staff members effective,<br />
understandable, and respectful care that is provided in a manner compatible with their cultural health beliefs and practices and<br />
preferred language.<br />
Standard 2. <strong>Health</strong> care organizations should implement strategies to recruit, retain, and promote at all levels of the organization<br />
a diverse staff and leadership that are representative of the demographic characteristics of the service area.<br />
Standard 3. <strong>Health</strong> care organizations should ensure that staff at all levels and across all disciplines receive ongoing education<br />
and training in culturally and linguistically appropriate service delivery.<br />
Theme II: Language Access Services<br />
Standard 4. <strong>Health</strong> care organizations must offer and provide language assistance services, including bilingual staff and<br />
interpreter services, at no cost to each patient/consumer with limited English proficiency at all points of contact, in a timely<br />
manner during all hours of operation.<br />
Standard 5. <strong>Health</strong> care organizations must provide to patients/consumers in their preferred language both verbal offers and<br />
written notices informing them of their right to receive language assistance services.<br />
Standard 6. <strong>Health</strong> care organizations must assure the competence of language assistance provided to limited English proficient<br />
patients/consumers by interpreters and bilingual staff. Family and friends should not be used to provide interpretation services<br />
(except on request by the patient/consumer).<br />
Standard 7. <strong>Health</strong> care organizations must make available easily understood patient-related materials and post signage in the<br />
languages of the commonly encountered groups and/or groups represented in the service area.<br />
Theme III: Organizational Supports for Cultural Competence<br />
Standard 8. <strong>Health</strong> care organizations should develop, implement, and promote a written strategic plan that outlines clear goals,<br />
policies, operational plans, and management accountability/oversight mechanisms to provide culturally and linguistically<br />
appropriate services.<br />
Standard 9. <strong>Health</strong> care organizations should conduct initial and ongoing organizational self-assessments of CLAS-related<br />
activities and are encouraged to integrate cultural and linguistic competence-related measures into their internal audits,<br />
performance improvement programs, patient satisfaction assessments, and outcomes-based evaluations.<br />
Standard 10. <strong>Health</strong> care organizations should ensure that data on the individual patient’s/consumer’s race, ethnicity, and<br />
spoken and written language are collected in health records, integrated into the organization’s management information systems,<br />
and periodically updated.<br />
Standard 11. <strong>Health</strong> care organizations should maintain a current demographic, cultural, and epidemiological profile of the<br />
community as well as a needs assessment to accurately plan for and implement services that respond to the cultural and<br />
linguistic characteristics of the service area.<br />
Standard 12. <strong>Health</strong> care organizations should develop participatory, collaborative partnerships with communities and utilize a<br />
variety of formal and informal mechanisms to facilitate community and patient/consumer involvement in designing and<br />
implementing CLAS-related activities.<br />
Standard 13. <strong>Health</strong> care organizations should ensure that conflict and grievance resolution processes are culturally and<br />
linguistically sensitive and capable o identifying, preventing, and resolving cross-cultural conflicts or complaints by<br />
patients/consumers.<br />
Standard 14. <strong>Health</strong> care organizations are encouraged to regularly make available to the public information about their progress<br />
and successful innovations in implementing the CLAS standards and to provide public notice in their communities about the<br />
availability of this information<br />
Source: Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong>, 2001.<br />
85
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
While requiring health equity standards and/or benchmarks of health equity performance as a condition of funding is<br />
one direct and sure means of ensuring action on health equity, making health equity a funding priority and criterion<br />
for resource allocation more generally – by designating funds to health equity/cultural competence research,<br />
capacity building, training and evaluation - is also critical to the realisation of health equity as a strategic (IHSP)<br />
LHINs priority (SHAD, 2008a; Gardner, 2008a; WHO, 2008).<br />
B. Licensing and Accreditation<br />
Though largely beyond the direct control of the LHINs, licensing and accreditation agencies within the healthcare<br />
system also have a critical role to play in assuring quality care standards and providing healthcare providers with<br />
further incentives to increase their cultural and linguistic competency and commitment to tackling healthcare<br />
inequities (Exworthy et al., 2006; Betancourt et al., 2002; Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong>, 2001).<br />
The US Joint Commission on Accreditation of <strong>Health</strong>care Organizations (JCAHO) is currently developing the<br />
first-ever accreditation standards for the provision of culturally competent patient-centred care. The standards<br />
currently being developed will eventually become mandated as a condition of receiving hospital accreditation in the<br />
near future. Launched in August 2008, the 18-month standards development project builds upon the research<br />
framework of the Joint Commission’s ongoing Hospitals, Language and Culture: A Snapshot of the Nation study,<br />
which has been examining how a sample of 60 hospitals across the country are providing health care to culturally<br />
and linguistically diverse patient populations.<br />
The study’s findings have been published in reports such as the recent One Size Does Not Fit All: Meeting the<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Care Needs of Diverse Populations (see Section 2.3B/III for more on the recommendations and framework<br />
of One Size Does Not Fit All). A 26-member Expert Advisory Panel has been assembled by the Joint Commission to<br />
guide this project that is reviewing available evidence-based best practices and identifying principles that can be the<br />
basis for new and revised standards. (For more information about the Joint Commission’s initiative to develop<br />
culturally competent patient-centered care standards, visit www.jointcommission.org [click on “Patient Safety,” then<br />
“Hospitals, Language and Culture”]).<br />
Quality assurance of culturally competent care in the US has also been promoted, more recently, through medical<br />
licensing boards. The passing of New Jersey Senate Bill S-144, introduced in 1999 and signed into law in 2005, is<br />
exemplary in this respect. It requires that physicians in New Jersey take cultural competency training as a condition<br />
of licensure by the State Board of Medical Examiners (see Salas-Lopez et al., 2007; also see Baquet et al., 2004).<br />
A considerable portion of the recent cultural competence literature, moreover, focuses on ways to evaluate, improve<br />
and require cultural competence components in core curricula of various educational institutions educating the next<br />
generation of doctors, nurses and healthcare workers (see Quereshi et al., 2008; Xu 2007; Shaya et al., 2006; Luquis<br />
& Perez, 2003; Chevannes 2002).<br />
C. Contracting and Procurement<br />
While it is essential that the Ministry of <strong>Health</strong> and Long Term Care embed health equity accountabilities within its<br />
own accountability agreements with the LHINs, the service accountability agreements entered into between the<br />
LHINs and health service providers (HSPs) are another critical means or ‘lever’ by which the LHINs can ensure<br />
equity considerations and strategic priorities are realized and managed in practice at the local level, in accountable<br />
ways (GTA Diversity and LHINs Working Group, 2008a; Gardner, 2008a).<br />
Requiring health equity plans, on the bases of analyses of relevant health equity issues in the local catchment area,<br />
as part of contractual agreements and obligations between the LHINs and health service providers is another<br />
essential means of embedding accountability for the furtherance of LHIN health equity strategic goals at the local<br />
level.<br />
86
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Focusing more specifically on hospitals, Gardner outlines some of the key elements the LHINs might expect and<br />
look for in a hospital health equity plan. An effective and comprehensive hospital equity plan, he argues, would<br />
include elements such as:<br />
• A broad overall vision or commitment to reducing health disparities through their service delivery;<br />
• Demonstrating that the hospital has analyzed health status and disparities in the area in which they are located<br />
or their broader catchment area - or if they haven’t done the necessary local analysis, how they will;<br />
• Indicating how they have or will incorporate this data and analysis into program planning;<br />
• Analysing how closely hospital utilization patterns and service mixes reflect the demography and meet the<br />
needs of their catchment areas – and if they don’t, indicating critical unmet needs;<br />
• Describing what current programs, outreach and resources are targeted to addressing health disparities in their<br />
area, and what additional expanded or new services are needed;<br />
• Operationalizing a comprehensive commitment to women’s health – not simply sexual and reproductive<br />
healthcare – but ensuring all research, diagnoses and treatment take gender differences into account;<br />
• Clear standards for culturally competent care – and consumer satisfaction, evaluation and performance<br />
management mechanisms to ensure these standards are consistently achieved;<br />
• Describing how the hospital is reducing physical and other access barriers;<br />
• Human resources, recruitment, training and other diversity practices to ensure the ‘face’ of hospitals reflects<br />
their communities;<br />
• Setting out how internal organizational structures and working cultures such as governance, performance<br />
management and communications have been or will be changed to prioritize equity and diversity;<br />
• Indicating how the hospital does or will systemically collect appropriate equity and diversity- relevant data on<br />
services and patients, and build this into their monitoring and accountability processes;<br />
• Assessing how the hospital has built solid relationships with community-based service providers in their area,<br />
and developed networks and partnerships to deliver innovative services to disadvantaged populations; and<br />
• Community engagement processes and advisory forums to guide and evaluate equity plans and delivery (2008a,<br />
p.10).<br />
Community <strong>Health</strong> Centres and other service providers, Gardner adds, should also demonstrate how they plan to<br />
meet the abovementioned expectations. <strong>Health</strong> equity plans developed by hospitals and other local health service<br />
providers, moreover, would need to also explain, in clear terms, how they relate to the LHINs overall equity vision<br />
and strategic health equity goals. Granted, there would need to be sufficient flexibility in how such requirements are<br />
adapted in local organizational settings, in accord with local capacity.<br />
The LHINs could also play an important capacity building and support role by, for instance, “provid[ing] some<br />
planning, analysis and other enabling support, especially for smaller agencies” (Gardner, 2008a). For compliance<br />
cannot be mandated into existence, where there is insufficient capacity to comply with espoused equity goals<br />
objectives.<br />
Among the potential capacity building and support roles of the LHINs are: providing or supporting training<br />
initiatives; developing health equity/cultural competence ‘guidelines’, if not standards, for care; and establishing or<br />
collaborating with existing health equity researchers, teams and/or corporate research and evaluation units to assist<br />
in knowledge/data gathering and exchange processes that are critical to ensuring effective implementation and<br />
accountability (see below).<br />
The next section describes potential roles for the LHINs in providing health equity research and ‘intelligence’ to<br />
local health providers, in collaboration with researchers and the MOHLTC-based health equity research unit.<br />
87
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Box 4.4: Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authority Performance Incentives in the NHS<br />
Incentives to perform well in the area of ‘equalities’ and health equity in the UK national healthcare system operate, in part,<br />
through the process by which local Primary Care Trusts (PCTs) apply for and potentially gain NHS ‘Foundation’ status. NHS<br />
Foundation Trusts are afforded considerably greater autonomy and flexibility than Primary Care Trusts in the way they manage<br />
their affairs, in reward for demonstrating a strong performance track record over an extended period of time. Trusts may only<br />
apply for foundation status after being approved by the regional Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authority (SHA), 33 which monitors, among other<br />
things, compliance with equalities legislation and health equality policies, and furtherance of strategic goals (which include the<br />
reduction of health inequality). Regional-based Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authorities, in this capacity, restrict and/or reward primary care<br />
trusts through performance appraisals on diversity and equity issues, which can affect their ability to gain coveted Foundation<br />
status.<br />
D. Measurement and Evaluation<br />
Research and analyses of health disparities and the development of health equity policy/strategy performance<br />
indicators is especially critical to ensuring effective interventions, quality care, and establishing accountability for<br />
performance. A necessary starting point for action on health equity is a basic understanding of the nature, origins<br />
and causes of health disparities within one’s service area. This requires the development of indicators and data<br />
collection sufficient enough to inform analyses of the nature of health inequalities in any catchment area.<br />
“In the face of competing priorities and often scepticism,” Exworthy et al. (2006) argue, “better locally relevant data<br />
on disparities will help keep the issue on the policy agenda and stimulate further action”. This contention is clearly<br />
borne out in analyses of government progress on health equity policy around the world (see Section 3.3.; also see<br />
Mackenbach & Bakker, 2002).<br />
The WHO’s (2008) Closing the Gap Report elaborates some of the basic ingredients of what a ‘minimum health<br />
equity surveillance system’ might look like, in this respect (See <strong>Appendix</strong> 3), as well as a framework for a more<br />
comprehensive national health equity surveillance system (See <strong>Appendix</strong> 4). The WHO Commission calls for<br />
research investment and improvement in three broad areas in particular:<br />
• Research on determinants of health inequities, rather than determinants of average population health;<br />
• What works to reduce health inequities in what circumstances, and how best to implement interventions such<br />
that they contribute to a reduction of these inequities; and<br />
• Development of methods for measuring and monitoring health inequities and for evaluating the impact of<br />
population-level interventions (who, 2008, p.186). 34<br />
33 “NHS foundation trusts are a new type of NHS trust in England and have been created to devolve decision-making from central government<br />
control to local organisations and communities so they are more responsive to the needs and wishes of their local people… NHS Foundation<br />
Trusts have greater freedoms and flexibilities than NHS Trusts in the way they manage their affairs e.g.<br />
Freedom from Whitehall control and performance management by Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authorities<br />
Freedom to access capital on the basis of affordability instead of the current system of centrally controlled allocations<br />
Freedom to invest surpluses in developing new services for local people<br />
Freedom of local flexibility to tailor new governance arrangements to the individual circumstances of their community<br />
In line with the program of reforms set out in The NHS Plan, NHS Foundation Trusts give more power and a greater voice to their local<br />
communities and front line staff over the delivery and development of local healthcare…NHS trusts work on their foundation trust application<br />
under the guidance of their Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authority (SHA). A formal application will only come to the Department of <strong>Health</strong> when the SHA is<br />
confident that a trust is ready” (Retrieved February 29, 2009 from<br />
http://www.dh.gov.uk/en/<strong>Health</strong>care/Secondarycare/NHSfoundationtrust/index.htm).<br />
88
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
In the Canadian context, the <strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group has its own set of recommendations for the reform and<br />
expansion of health indicators and research (e.g. CIHI, Statistics Canada, and the Performance Indicators Reporting<br />
Committee [PIRC] framework mandated as part of the <strong>Health</strong> Accords; see <strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group, 2004,<br />
p.16-17).<br />
Data systems and Performance measures within the healthcare system<br />
As a first priority in laying down foundations for longer term change within the Ontario healthcare system, it is<br />
essential that the LHINs and service providers they fund and oversee begin to integrate disaggregated measures of<br />
disadvantage (including such variables as race, ethnicity, language, gender, sexual orientation, socio-economic<br />
status, Aboriginal status etc.) into existing data collection systems within the healthcare system so as to begin to<br />
better account for potential differences in health status and healthcare treatment and outcome among different<br />
population groupings (WHO, 2008; Gardner, 2008; GTA Diversity and LHINs Working Group, 2008a; Lettner,<br />
2008c).<br />
Where existing information systems fail to capture potential differential service needs and inequities among<br />
marginalized populations, new data collection systems will need to be developed. In numerous US jurisdictions, as a<br />
result of Civil Rights Legislation, such disaggregated measures are required by law (see Box 4.5 below). Expanded<br />
and more accurate disaggregate data is essential because it “can pinpoint where the gaps are and provide the baseline<br />
for measuring change and improvement” (<strong>Health</strong> Affairs 2005b, 353).<br />
Box. 4.5: Acute Care Hospitals Mandated to Collect race/ethnicity based data in Boston,<br />
Massachusetts<br />
In 2006, policy changes were implemented in Massachusetts to better measure disparities in the quality of health care provided<br />
to racial and ethnic minority residents. Regulations were passed by the Boston Public <strong>Health</strong> Commission (BPHC) and the<br />
Massachusetts Division of <strong>Health</strong> Care Finance and Policy (MDHCFP) that require all acute care hospitals in the city and state to<br />
collect race and ethnicity data from all patients with an inpatient hospitalization, an observation unit stay, or an emergency<br />
department visit.<br />
Source: Weinick et al., 2007<br />
Developing performance indicators and outcome measures in relation to health equity strategic goals and objectives<br />
is particularly important in order to establish accountability for the reduction of health inequity by stakeholders<br />
within the (LHIN) healthcare system (see Betancourt et al., 2005). Such performance measurements and<br />
mechanisms are essential because they “provide the data by which incentives (to reward progress or penalize the<br />
lack of it) are implemented” (Exworthy et al., 2006).<br />
<strong>Health</strong> equity and diversity-related measures should not only be incorporated into the performance evaluation<br />
systems set up for policies, programs and services – through such means as internal audits, client satisfaction<br />
assessments, quality assurance data, and outcomes-based evaluations – but also inform the professional performance<br />
evaluations of individual staff members (e.g. through staff performance development plans and evaluations) (GTA<br />
Diversity and LHINs Working Group, 2008a).<br />
It is particularly important that senior managers and Board directors overseeing the development and<br />
implementation of strategic priorities around health equity are rendered individually and professionally accountable<br />
for the success of such policies, in their individual performance contracts and evaluations (ibid.).<br />
34 The broad scope and nature of indicators recommended by the WHO reflects their insistence on the need to significantly broaden the scope of<br />
current healthcare/public health research to include a stronger focus on the social determinants of health.<br />
89
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Exworthy et al., (2006, p.97) offer the following “guiding principles” to help assess existing measurement<br />
mechanisms and help shape their future development (see Table 4.1 below):<br />
Table 4.1: Principles to Consider When Designing and Managing Measurement Mechanisms<br />
Research Capacity Building through partnership and collaboration and/or Establishing a <strong>Health</strong> Equity<br />
Research Unit<br />
One of the key recommended means of enhancing research capacity in the above respects, and thereby equitability,<br />
effectiveness, accountability and quality of services rendered, is by creating a health equity research unit or<br />
committee within the LHINs (if not the MOHLTC) dedicated to auditing and monitoring progress on the LHINs<br />
health equity strategy, and building capacity among service providers in the area of research, strategy<br />
implementation and evaluation.<br />
An alternative or additional possible tactic adopted in many jurisdictions is to work in concert with other local<br />
research institutions and public authorities (see for instance Box 4.6 below on the role of the London <strong>Health</strong><br />
Observatory within NHS London).<br />
90
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Box 4.6: The London <strong>Health</strong> Observatory<br />
The London <strong>Health</strong> Observatory (LHO) is part of a network of twelve public health observatories (PHOs) across the UK and<br />
Ireland that together form the Association of Public <strong>Health</strong> Observatories (for further information on the LHO and APHO network<br />
and its work see http://www.lho.org.uk/Default.aspx and www.apho.org.uk respectively).The LHO works closely with the Public<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Directorate of NHS London (the regional Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authority), as well as other local authorities and bodies,<br />
including Primary Care Trusts, the Greater London Council, researchers/research institutions, and national agencies.<br />
As the national lead among UK’s PHOs in monitoring health inequalities, ethnicity and health, the LHO provides NHS London,<br />
and others, with critical up-to-date information, data and intelligence on the health and heath care of London’s 7.8million citizens.<br />
Such intelligence includes information on a wider variety of determinants of health and health inequality which assists NHS<br />
London (and others) with commissioning and policy decisions. The LHO also runs training programmes in health intelligence<br />
training and capacity-building programmes for health practitioners in London.<br />
As a hosted organisation within NHS London, the LHO also benefits from NHS London’s core services including facilities, human<br />
resources and training opportunities, and is governed by its policies on these and other areas. NHS London has the responsibility<br />
for ensuring that the LHO complies with its legal equality duties.<br />
Sources: NHS London, 2007; and http://www.lho.org.uk/Default.aspx [Retrieved 02/09/09])<br />
Partnerships with research institutions (e.g. Wellesley Institute <strong>Health</strong> Equity Roundtable) and other governmental<br />
and arms-length research bodies (e.g. MOHLTC <strong>Health</strong> Equity Unit, Ontario <strong>Health</strong> Quality Council, CIHR, etc.)<br />
are another crucial means of building research capacity in the service of heightening service quality and<br />
accountability (Exworthy et al., 2006; WHO, 2008; Gardner, 2008a; Rachlis, 2007; Raphael & Bryant, 2006).<br />
Target Setting<br />
The development of performance indicators in relation to policy initiatives and strategic objectives also needs to be<br />
accompanied by the development of concrete performance targets which should include not only process measures<br />
but also, importantly, outcome measures (Gardner, 2008a; Mackenbach et al., 2002b). Developing appropriate<br />
methods of measuring progress against targets must be an integral component of any such target setting exercise<br />
(ibid.).<br />
Judge and Mackenzie (2002), more specifically, warn against the politically motivated tendency to set unrealistic,<br />
aspirational goals and targets that ‘promise to change the world before the next election.’ Instead they recommend<br />
that targets be set only “in terms of the genuinely expected consequences of well specified interventions”, even if<br />
these look “very modest and rather piecemeal to politicians” (p.310; see also Gardner, 2008a). Persons involved in<br />
target setting should clearly articulate the specific “pathways of expected change” by which strategic interventions<br />
are expected to help realize policy targets (ibid.; also see Exworthy et al., 2006).<br />
91
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Box 4.7: Examples of health policy targets relating to inequalities in health<br />
NHS London Strategic Plan 2008-2013 [UK]<br />
Target 1: Average life expectancy of Londoners increased by at least 2 years for males and females.<br />
Target 2: Number of primary care clinicians per population to increase as a function of deprivation so that the most deprived<br />
boroughs have more primary care clinicians.<br />
Target 3: The difference in life expectancy between the best and worst boroughs in London is reduced by 10 per cent.<br />
Source: NHS London, 2008.<br />
The WHO Commission on Social Determinants of <strong>Health</strong> Closing the Gap (2008)<br />
Target 1: Reduce by 10 years, between 2000 and 2040, the LEB [Life Expectancy at Birth] gap between the one third of<br />
countries with the highest and the one third of countries with the lowest LEB levels, by levelling up countries with lower LEB.<br />
Halve, between 2000 and 2040, the LEB gap between social groups within countries, by levelling up the LEB of lower<br />
socioeconomic groups.<br />
Target 2: Halve, between 2000 and 2040, adult mortality rates in all countries and in all social groups within countries. In effect,<br />
achieving this target means reducing the gap in adult mortality between and within countries by half.<br />
Target 3: Reduce by 90%, between 2000 and 2040, the under-5 mortality rate in all countries and all social groups within<br />
countries, and reduce by 95%, between 2000 and 2040, the maternal mortality rate in all countries and all social groups within<br />
countries. In effect, achieving this target means reducing the gap in under-5 mortality between and within countries by 90%, and<br />
reducing the gap in maternal mortality between and within countries by 95%.<br />
Source: WHO, 2008<br />
<strong>Health</strong> 21 – <strong>Health</strong> for All in the 21 st Century [WHO]<br />
Target 2 – Equality in <strong>Health</strong><br />
By the year 2020, the health gap between socioeconomic groups within countries should be reduced by at least one fourth<br />
in all Member States, by substantially improving the level of health of disadvantaged groups.<br />
In particular:<br />
*the gap in life expectancy between socioeconomic groups should be reduced by at least 25 per cent;<br />
*the values for major indicators of morbidity, disability and mortality in groups across the socioeconomic gradients should be<br />
more equally distributed;<br />
*socioeconomic conditions that produce adverse health effects, notably differences in income, educational achievement and<br />
access to the labour market, should be substantially improved;<br />
*the proportion of the population living in poverty should be greatly reduced; people having special needs as a result of their<br />
health, social or economic circumstances should be protected from exclusion and given easy access to appropriate care.<br />
Source: WHO, 1999<br />
Ongoing Monitoring & Assessment<br />
<strong>Health</strong> equity policy performance indicators and targets need not only be developed, but also consistently monitored<br />
and reported on an ongoing basis, in order to ensure accountability and the intelligent (on the basis of evaluation<br />
evidence) steering and review of policy objectives and strategic interventions. As Exworthy et al. stress,<br />
policymakers “need to demonstrate the progress of their policies in order to sustain their momentum and to promote<br />
accountability” (2006, p.76).<br />
92
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Box 4.8: Tracking <strong>Health</strong>y People 2010<br />
Launched in 2000, ‘<strong>Health</strong>y People 2010’ is a Federal US public health policy and plan developed by the Department of <strong>Health</strong><br />
and Human Services (DHHS) with two primary goals in mind: “to eliminate health disparities among specific segments of<br />
the population” and “to increase quality and years of health life”. These goals inform the policy’s 467 objectives which are<br />
organized into 28 focus areas. A selected set of 10 objectives – physical activity, overweight and obesity, tobacco use,<br />
substance abuse, responsible sexual behaviour, mental health, injury and violence, environmental quality, immunization, and<br />
access to health care - known as the Leading <strong>Health</strong> Indicators, form part of a larger ‘tracking’ program that sets targets and<br />
assesses the progress toward its objectives.<br />
The National Center for <strong>Health</strong> Statistics (NCHS) is responsible for coordinating the effort to monitor the Nation's progress toward<br />
the targets, using data from NCHS data systems as well as from more than 190 different other data sources, from more than<br />
seven Federal Government Departments (including <strong>Health</strong> and Human Services, Commerce, Education, Justice, Labor,<br />
Transportation, and the Environmental Protection Agency), and from voluntary and private non-governmental organizations. To<br />
the extent appropriate, data for the objectives are provided for subgroups defined by relevant dimensions such as sociodemographic<br />
subgroups of the population, health status, or geographic classifications.<br />
Data are made available through DATA2010, an interactive database system accessible through the NCHS web site and the<br />
CDC WONDER system.<br />
Source: www.healthypeople.gov/About/ (Retrieved March 3, 2009)<br />
E. <strong>Health</strong> Equity Impact Assessment<br />
Ongoing evaluation and assessment of policy initiatives, programs and services for their health equity impact is<br />
particularly critical to ensuring effective, efficient and equitable programs and services and accountability for the<br />
latter. <strong>Health</strong> Equity Impact Assessment tools, as currently used by various health authorities in the UK, Australia<br />
and New Zealand, are of particular usefulness in this respect (see Department of <strong>Health</strong>, 2008a, 2008b [UK];<br />
London <strong>Health</strong> Commission, 2008; Rangahau and Pomare, 2003 [New Zealand]; Simpson, 2005 [Australia];<br />
Ritsatakis et al. 2002 [Europe]). <strong>Health</strong> Canada has adopted Frankish et al.’s (1996) definition of <strong>Health</strong> Impact<br />
Assessment as “any combination of procedures or methods by which a proposed policy or program may be judged<br />
as to the effect(s) it may have on the health of a population”.<br />
While health impact assessments (HIAs) have a longer history, with origins in environmental impact assessment and<br />
healthy public policy (see for instance <strong>Health</strong> Canada 1994), health equity focused impact assessments (also known<br />
as equity audits) have more recent origins in the UK, owing in part to that countries legislated ‘duties’ around<br />
equality, which include requirements to assess policies for their impact on various diversity groups.<br />
The UK Department of <strong>Health</strong> describes health equity impact assessments as “appraisals of the impact of policies<br />
or interventions on health disparities” (2002). <strong>Health</strong> equity impact assessments were a major recommendation of<br />
the Acheson Inquiry (1998) and have since been operationalized in numerous jurisdictions around the world, most<br />
notably, at present, Australia, New Zealand and the UK (see Box 3.4, 3.5, 3.6 and Box 4.9 and Box 4.10 for more on<br />
Australian, UK and New Zealand uses of such Impact Assessment Tools). Canada has developed a similar genderspecific<br />
methodological tool - Gender-Based Analysis (GBA) - for assessing the gender impact of policies,<br />
programs and services (see <strong>Health</strong> Canada, 2000).<br />
According to an international (‘Gothenburg’) consensus paper deriving from an international seminar in Manchester<br />
in June 2000, HIA includes “consideration of evidence about the anticipated relationships between a proposed<br />
policy or project and the health of a population and of the opinions, experience and expectations of those who may<br />
be affected.<br />
It aims to provide more informed understanding by decision-makers and the public regarding the effects of the<br />
proposed policy, and to propose adjustments and options to maximize positive and minimize negative health<br />
impacts” (Gothenburg, 2001; as paraphrased by Ritsatakis et al., 2002).<br />
93
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
HIA methodologies involve both community/stakeholder consultation and more ‘expert’-based and derived<br />
assessments of the research evidence.<br />
Among the many benefits of <strong>Health</strong> Equity Impact Assessment are:<br />
• Its heightening of awareness and reflexivity among policymakers as to the impact of their policies on different<br />
social groups and the value-ladenness of the policymaking process.<br />
• Its proactivity - health-disparity-prevention and health-promotion potential - in enabling assessments of<br />
unintended health impacts of proposed policies on health disparities prospectively. It also enables the<br />
consideration of ways to enhance health equity promoting factors when weighing or revising policy options.<br />
• Its mainstreaming of health equity considerations as part and parcel of all policymaking processes<br />
• Its evidence-basis and emphasis on the rigorous use of evidence regarding actual or potential health equity<br />
impact. It also generates data for future program/service reform and strategic development and policymaking.<br />
• Its emphasis on consultation with affected stakeholders and empowerment of marginalized groups in the<br />
assessment process (which also facilitates knowledge-exchange).<br />
• Its potential to increase the transparency and public accountability of decision-making processes through public<br />
involvement and public reporting of results of impact assessments (as is the practice in the UK).<br />
The scope of health equity impact assessments have been expanded in some jurisdictions to include an assessment of<br />
not only policies, but also programs, services, projects, and budgeting and allocation processes. The City of Toronto<br />
has for instance developed an ‘equity lens’ and requires that equity impact statements be included in City Reports<br />
and budget allocation processes.<br />
<strong>Health</strong> impact assessments have also been used in Sweden, England, and the Netherlands to screen and assess<br />
legislation, policies and initiatives in other sectors that are likely to have a direct or indirect effect on health and<br />
health inequalities (see for instance WHO, 2008, p.115 and London <strong>Health</strong> Commission, 2008 for examples of such<br />
broader uses of health impact assessments by the London <strong>Health</strong> Commission across policy sectors). HIAs have also<br />
been commended for their potential to promote intersectoral collaboration through such intersectoral evaluation<br />
processes.<br />
94
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Box 4.9: Equality impact assessment (EqIA) – UK Department of <strong>Health</strong><br />
UK policymakers in the Department of <strong>Health</strong> are required to screen all new (and eventually, all existing) policies for their impact<br />
on people from different ethnic backgrounds, people with disabilities, men and women (including transgendered people), people<br />
with different sexual orientations, people in different age groups, and people with different religions or beliefs.<br />
Decisions about the potential for impact on these various groups are required to be (qualitative and/or quantitative) evidence<br />
based (See Department of <strong>Health</strong> 2008b, p.19-25 for more on sources of evidence).<br />
EqIA’s form part and parcel of a broader process by which the Department of <strong>Health</strong> demonstrates its compliance with equality<br />
legislation in conjunction with the DH Single Equality Scheme.<br />
The diagram below provides an overview of the process by which policies are screened and assessed:<br />
Source: Department of <strong>Health</strong> 2008b, p.8.<br />
95
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Box 4.10: A <strong>Health</strong> Equity Assessment Tool (Equity Lens) for Tackling Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong> –<br />
New Zealand Department of <strong>Health</strong><br />
The New Zealand Department of <strong>Health</strong> (2004) has developed a health equity impact self-assessment tool for the healthcare<br />
sector that consists of a series of questions to assist health authorities to ‘consider how particular inequalities in health have<br />
come about, and where the effective intervention points are to tackle them.’ These questions include:<br />
1. What health issue is the policy/programme trying to address?<br />
2. What inequalities exist in this health area?<br />
3. Who is most advantaged and how?<br />
4. How did the inequality occur? (What are the mechanisms by which this inequality was created, is maintained or increased?)<br />
5. What are the determinants of this inequality?<br />
6. How will you address the Treaty of Waitangi in the context of the New Zealand Public <strong>Health</strong> and Disability Act 2000?<br />
7. Where/how will you intervene to tackle this issue? Use the Ministry of <strong>Health</strong> Intervention Framework to guide your thinking.<br />
8. How could this intervention affect health inequalities?<br />
9. Who will benefit most?<br />
10. What might the unintended consequences be?<br />
11. What will you do to make sure it does reduce/eliminate inequalities?<br />
12. How will you know if inequalities have been reduced/eliminated?<br />
Source: Te Roopu Rangahau a Erü Pomare., Ministry of <strong>Health</strong> and Public <strong>Health</strong> Consultancy. 2003. A <strong>Health</strong> Equity<br />
Assessment Tool. Wellington: Public <strong>Health</strong> Consultancy, Wellington School of Medicne and <strong>Health</strong> Sciences. Adapted by<br />
Ministry of <strong>Health</strong> in May 2004 from Bro Taf Authority. 2000. Planning for Positive Impact: <strong>Health</strong> inequalities impact assessment<br />
tool. Cardiff: Bro Taf Authority<br />
There are also numerous diversity and cultural competence organizational self-assessment tools and diversity<br />
performance management frameworks (see for instance the LHINS Diversity Self-Assessment Tool developed by<br />
the GTA Diversity Group; Wilson-Stronks et al., 2008; Olavarria et al., 2005; Vancouver Ethnocultural Advisory<br />
Committee of the Ministry of Children and Families, 1998).<br />
There are nevertheless limitations to relying solely on self-assessment, particularly insofar as these rely upon<br />
organizations and staff being honest, objective, self-critical and comprehensive. Partly to counter criticisms of an<br />
over-reliance on self-assessment of previous performance evaluation systems in the UK, the <strong>Health</strong>care Commission<br />
(an independent healthcare inspection agency in England and Wales) has come to play an expanded role in<br />
reviewing healthcare provider progress toward national standards (including health inequality targets) (Exworthy et<br />
al., 2006).<br />
National and local health authorities in the UK are also subject to external assessments as part of the process of<br />
applying for the ‘Equality Mark’ – a government sanctioned validation award of ones excellence in meeting the<br />
Equality Standard for <strong>Local</strong> Government (ESLG), which includes a 5-level evaluation framework for progress on<br />
equality (see Improvement and Development Agency website at<br />
http://www.idea.gov.uk/idk/core/page.do?pageId=5145192).<br />
NHS London and other strategic health authorities also regularly commission independent research into the degree<br />
of compliance of London NHS organisations with various equality legislative acts and duties. Trusts within NHS<br />
London are also required to seek out feedback from their users, employees and partner organisations on their<br />
performance around equity and diversity issues to ensure that a gap does not exist and open up between their<br />
perception of the organization’s achievements and the reality.<br />
Client satisfaction surveys are particularly critical to enhancing public accountability and ensuring that strategic<br />
policy initiatives and interventions are achieving their intended results, from the perspective of service users.<br />
96
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
F. Reporting and Transparency<br />
Finally it is critical, to the establishment and maintenance of accountability, that the results of monitoring and<br />
assessment are regularly reported, ideally, to the public, and in a manner that allows for comparability of reported<br />
information across the health system.<br />
The production and publication of diversity/health equity report cards on an annual basis, available to the public, is a<br />
particularly good incentive for motivating action, compliance and good performance on health equity issues (GTA<br />
Diversity and LHINs Working Group, 2008a).<br />
The use of reports cards or scorecards as a means of measuring the progress of health disparities policies is a<br />
growing phenomenon in numerous jurisdictions (see Box 4.11 below for example of San Francisco <strong>Health</strong> Report<br />
Card; also see Trivedi et al., 2005; Davies, Washington, and Bindman, 2002; Nerenz et al., 2002/2005; Exworthy et<br />
al., 2006).<br />
Report cards have been found to be a useful means of sustaining direction and momentum and increasing<br />
accountability. In the broader UK governmental system of checks, report cards take the simple form of a traffic light<br />
(red for failure to meet targets, yellow for intermediate outcome, and green for passing or surpassing targets). It is<br />
important, moreover, that consequences are attached to performance outcomes, whether positive or negative.<br />
Box 4.11: San Francisco Department of Public <strong>Health</strong> Report Card on <strong>Health</strong> Disparities<br />
The San Francisco Department of Public <strong>Health</strong> produced the first US public health report card in 2002, focusing on maternal<br />
and infant health indicators of different ethno-racial groupings in particular. The report card adopted six indicators relating to the<br />
city’s progress in meeting the national <strong>Health</strong>y People 2010 objectives (see Table below). Each indicator was graded as to the<br />
extent (percentage more specifically) to which it had achieved the <strong>Health</strong>y People 2000 objective. A positive or negative symbol<br />
denoted whether they were “within” or “off” the target for HP-2010, as the example of low birth weight below illustrates (see Table<br />
below). Each indicator reported also included local comparisons of the rates of “all races” and “African Americans”, as per below.<br />
_____________________________________________________________________________________<br />
San Francisco Report Card: Low Birth Weight<br />
Indcator: Category All Races African Americans<br />
<strong>Health</strong>y People 2000 Objective 5.0 % 9.0%<br />
<strong>Health</strong>y People 2010 Objective 5.0% 5.0%<br />
San Francisco Rate, 2000 6.4% 12.4%<br />
San Francisco Grade* C- D-<br />
Note: *Grades are linked to the percentage of the 2000 target achieved (A = 90-100%;<br />
B = 80-89%; C = 70-79%; D = 60-69%; F = less than 60%).<br />
_________________________________________________________________________________<br />
The results highlighted the enormous challenge facing San Francisco’s policymakers and practitioners in reducing disparities<br />
between African Americans and ‘all races’ as well as between the local rate and national policy objectives.<br />
Source: Exworthy et al., 2006<br />
97
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Summing up the importance and benefits of measuring and monitoring health inequities, the Canadian intergovernmental<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group concludes:<br />
An essential element of any such strategy [to further prioritize commitments to disparities reduction and<br />
establish methods of accountability of all stakeholders for improvement] includes the measurement of<br />
disparities and regular reports on progress. Good data not only advances understanding of what works and<br />
what does not; good and clear reports also galvanize support for disparities reduction. With the right<br />
indicator sets, the health sector can achieve a better balance between accountability for providing<br />
high-quality health care services and accountability for addressing disparities. (<strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task<br />
Group, 2004, p.18).<br />
98
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
PART 3<br />
CULTURAL COMPETENCE TRAINING AND<br />
EDUCATION<br />
While there is significant variation in the specific content of cultural competence training initiatives, these tend to<br />
fall into three main categories, in terms of their focus: (1) Attitudes, (2) Knowledge and (3) Skills (Curtis, 2007;<br />
California Endowment, 2003; Haarmans, 2004). Though not all training frameworks cover all three of these areas<br />
and differ in their emphases (see Limitations for instance), this threefold framework for training has been likened to<br />
a three-legged stool: “the structure would fail if one ‘leg were missing” (California Endowment, 2003). Further<br />
stabilizing these three training legs, researchers argue, is “a committed consciousness and receptive attitude” (ibid.),<br />
without which the knowledge and skills related to cultural competence in health care would be seriously<br />
compromised.<br />
This tripartite training framework - applicable at any and all stages of the developmental learning process - is<br />
discernible, in one form or another, in nearly all of the cultural competence training frameworks and modules<br />
discussed below.<br />
5.1 CULTURAL COMPETENCE TRAINING FRAMEWORKS<br />
D.W. Sue et al. (1992)<br />
D. W. Sue, Arredondo & McDavis (1992) are widely credited with having developed this tripartite framework for<br />
cultural competency, which remains the most widely cited and recognized in the cultural competence training<br />
literature.<br />
The training framework they have conceptualized and developed (discussed also in Section 2.3B/I) to enhance the<br />
cultural competence of services and programs, particularly at the client-counsellor interface, revolves around the<br />
aforementioned three themes:<br />
• Cultural awareness and beliefs: Training in this ‘affective domain’ of competencies is designed to enhance<br />
providers’ sensitivity to their personal values and biases and how these may influence perceptions of the client,<br />
client’s problem, and the counselling relationship.<br />
• Cultural knowledge: Training in this ‘cognitive domain’ of competencies is designed to increase providers’<br />
knowledge of the client’s culture, worldview, and expectations for the counselling relationship.<br />
• Cultural skills: Training in this ‘practice domain’ of competencies is designed to increase providers’ ability to<br />
intervene in a manner that is culturally sensitive and relevant in cross-cultural situations (Sue et al., 2006, 1992;<br />
see Haarmans, 2004 for more detailed elaboration of competencies within this tripartite framework).<br />
This framework informs the American Psychological Association’s Multicultural Guidelines (2003) and<br />
numerous other cultural competency training modules, frameworks, and standards (see for instance Miyake Geron,<br />
2002; Campinha-Bacote, 1996; Rosenjack Burchum, 2002; Kim-Godwin et al., 2001).<br />
Haarmans (2004)<br />
In one of the most comprehensive reviews of the cultural competence training literature, Haarmans (2004) further<br />
develops and fleshes out Sue et al.’s (1992) tripartite framework and adds a critical fourth competency area that<br />
concerns ‘power/relationship’ issues (discussed below).<br />
99
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Haarmans four-field clinical cultural competence training framework consists of the following practice components<br />
and related competencies:<br />
• Awareness:<br />
• Own cultural values & biases; and<br />
• Client worldview.<br />
• Knowledge:<br />
• Culture-specific (Emic); and<br />
• Culture-generic (Etic).<br />
• Skills:<br />
• Pre-engagement;<br />
• Engagement;<br />
• Assessment/feedback;<br />
• Treatment/intervention;<br />
• Closure/discharge; and<br />
• Research & Education.<br />
• Power/Relationship Issues:<br />
• Client-therapist dyad (Micro-Level); and<br />
• Client-system (Macro-Level).<br />
Most distinguishing about Haarmans framework is its attention to issues of power in and beyond the clinical setting,<br />
as these impact client-clinician relationships. As Haarmans argues: “Power Relationship/Issues is a particularly<br />
important domain due to the power differential inherent in the client-clinician relationship” (2004, p.8).<br />
Drawing on the work of Sodowsky et al. (1994), Haarmans fourth domain focuses on power relationships at both the<br />
micro (client-clinician) and macro (client-system power/relationships issues) level of interaction, drawing attention,<br />
in this latter respect, to the “impacts of systemic oppression, discrimination, racism and deprivation at the sociocultural,<br />
institutional, and political levels on psychosocial, political, and economic development” (2004, p.8).<br />
AMCD Multicultural Counselling Competencies (Arrendondo et al., 1996)<br />
The Association for Multicultural Counselling and Development (AMCD) is an association of counselling<br />
professionals that “seeks to develop programs specifically to improve ethnic and racial empathy and understanding”<br />
(http://www.amcdaca.org/amcd/whatisamcd.cfm; retrieved March 8, 2009). Its website motto is ‘Providing global<br />
leadership, research, training and development for multicultural counselling professionals with a focus on racial and<br />
ethnic issues” (ibid.).<br />
The AMCD’s framework for multicultural counselling training was developed by Arrendondo et al. (1996), largely<br />
on the basis of the work of Sue & Arrendondo et al. (1992). Sue et al. recommend, in their (1998) work, that this<br />
series of multicultural competencies and standards be adopted by the American Association for Counselling and<br />
Development (now simply known as the American Association for Counselling).<br />
Arrendondo’s AMCD framework very much reflects Sue & Arrendondo et al.’s (1992) tripartite framework. It<br />
includes three broad content areas, each of which are subdivided by a series of competencies organized by the<br />
attitudes, knowledge, and skills required. These three broad content areas include:<br />
1. Counsellor Awareness of Own Cultural Values and Biases;<br />
2. Counsellor Awareness of Client's Worldview; and<br />
3. Culturally Appropriate Intervention Strategies.<br />
100
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
This framework and the specific ternary of competencies within each of these framework pillars are presented in full<br />
in <strong>Appendix</strong> 5.<br />
5.2 CULTURAL COMPETENCE TRAINING STANDARDS & QUALITY ASSURANCE<br />
US post-secondary educational institutions have been at the forefront of developing and incorporating cultural<br />
competence modules into the standard educational curriculum for medical/health-care professionals in training. A<br />
2004 paper in the Journal of the American Medical Association for instance found that among close to 8,000<br />
graduate medical educational programs surveyed in the United States, 50.7 percent offered cultural competence<br />
training in 2003–2004, up from 35.7 percent in 2000–2001 (Brotherton, 2004; cited in Betancourt et al., 2005).<br />
Betancourt et al. (2005) attribute this transformation to a combination of ‘stick’ and ‘carrot’ approaches.<br />
The ‘stick’, in this respect, has taken the form of increasing regulatory pressures since 2002, particularly in the form<br />
of accreditation standards. In 2002, the Liaison Committee on Medical Education (LCME) introduced the first<br />
official cultural competence accreditation standards, and required all medical schools to integrate these into their<br />
curricula.<br />
The Accreditation Council of Graduate Medical Education (ACGME) has also introduced cultural competence<br />
standards for residency programs (see ACGME, 2004). New Jersey has gone even further with the stick approach<br />
and passed legislation in 2005 that requires cultural competence education as a requirement for the licensure of<br />
health care professionals (see Salas-Lopez et al., 2007; also see Baquet et al., 2004).<br />
Exemplifying the ‘carrot’ approach, which has also helped to move the medical education field forward in the area<br />
of cultural competence, the New York State of <strong>Health</strong> modified its $33 million per year Graduate Medical Education<br />
Reform Incentive Pool in 2004 to ‘reward residency programs that provided eight hours of cultural competence<br />
training to at least 80 percent of residents’ (New York Dept of <strong>Health</strong> 2004; cited in Betancourt et al., 2005).<br />
Demonstrating the effectiveness of this ‘carrot’ approach, “[i]n the first year, 66 of the 104 residency programs in<br />
New York State proposed new cultural competence curricula” (ibid.).<br />
Cultural competence training outside of post-secondary educational contexts, for practicing healthcare professionals,<br />
contrastingly, remains “haphazard and varying in quality”, in no small part due to the lack of agreed upon standards<br />
and evaluative criteria by which to assess cultural competence training in such contexts (California Endowment,<br />
2003).<br />
The development of such training standards in continuous professional education and development contexts is a key<br />
area for future research. In the meantime, educational standards and evaluative tools (such as the TACCT; see<br />
below) of cultural competence borrowed from post-secondary educational contexts and curricula could be adapted to<br />
continuous learning contexts.<br />
Aside from the Association for Multicultural Counselling and Development’s Multicultural Counselling<br />
Competencies, which have been proposed by Sue et al. (1998) as standards for the American Counselling<br />
Association but not adopted, the only other proposed ‘standards’ for cultural competency training discovered in the<br />
literature derive from the California Endowment’s (2003) Report, Principles and Recommended Standards for<br />
Cultural Competence Education of <strong>Health</strong> Care Professionals. The recommendations from this report are explored<br />
below.<br />
Principles and Recommended Standards for Cultural Competence Education of <strong>Health</strong> Care Professionals.<br />
(California Endowment, 2003): The Principles and Standards recommended in the 2003 California Endowment<br />
report are designed to accompany the Culturally and Linguistically Appropriate Services in <strong>Health</strong> Care (CLAS<br />
Standards) adopted by the Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong> in 2002. Intended for “persons who are charged with direct<br />
patient care and the delivery of health care services” (CE, 2003), the standards “provide guidance as to the general<br />
content and organization of educational programs” (ibid.). The Reports authors thus advise that “experts in specific<br />
health care disciplines” be consulted to integrate relevant subject matter into the suggested framework of standards<br />
101
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
(CE, 2003). The (2003) Report opens up with the following twelve ‘Guiding Principles’ for cultural competence<br />
education and training of health care professionals (in no particular order):<br />
1. The goals of cultural competence training should be: 1) increased self- awareness and receptivity to diverse<br />
patient populations on the part of health care professionals; 2) clinical excellence and strong therapeutic<br />
alliances with patients; and 3) reduction of health care disparities through improved quality and costeffective<br />
care for all populations.<br />
2. In all trainings, there should be a broad and inclusive definition of cultural and population diversity<br />
including consideration of race, ethnicity, class, age, gender, sexual orientation, disability, language,<br />
religion and other indices of difference.<br />
3. Training efforts should be developmental, in terms of the institution and the individual. Institutions may start<br />
out simply in their inclusion of cultural competency training as a specific area of study but are<br />
expected to build in more complex, integrated and in-depth attention to cultural issues in later stages of<br />
professional education. Trainees should be expected to become progressively more sophisticated in<br />
understanding the complexities of diversity and culture as they relate to patient populations and health<br />
care. Both instructional programs and student learning should be regularly evaluated in order to provide<br />
feedback to the on-going development of educational programs.<br />
4. Cultural competence training is best organized around enhancing providers’ attitudes, knowledge and skills, and<br />
attention to the interaction of these three factors is important at every level of the training. It is important to<br />
recognize the extensive pre-existing knowledge and skill base of health care professionals, and to seek to<br />
promote cultural competence within this context.<br />
5. While factual information is important, educators should focus on process-oriented tools and concepts<br />
that will serve the practitioner well in communicating and developing therapeutic alliances with all types of<br />
patients.<br />
6. Cultural competence training is best integrated into numerous courses, symposia and experiential,<br />
clinical, evaluation and practicum activities as they occur throughout an educational curriculum. Attention<br />
may need to be directed to faculty, staff and administrative development in cultural competence in order to<br />
effect this integration.<br />
7. Following on the above, cultural competence education should be institutionalized within a school<br />
or health care organization so that when curriculum or training is planned or changed, appropriate<br />
cultural competence issues can be included.<br />
8. Cultural competence education is best achieved within an interdisciplinary framework and context, drawing<br />
upon the numerous fields that contribute to skill and knowledge in the field.<br />
9. Education and training should be respectful of the needs, the practice contexts and the levels of<br />
receptivity of the learners.<br />
10. Education in cultural competence should be congruent with, and, where possible, framed in the context of<br />
existing policy and educational guidelines of professional accreditation and practice organizations, such<br />
as the Accreditation Council on Graduate Medical Education, the Liaison Committee on<br />
Medical Education, the American Academy of Nursing, the National Association of Social Workers,<br />
the Society for Public <strong>Health</strong> Education and the Academies and Colleges of Family Practice,<br />
Paediatrics, Emergency Medicine and Obstetrics and Gynaecology.<br />
11. Wherever possible, diverse patients, community representatives, consumers and advocates should participate<br />
as resources in the design, implementation and evaluation of cultural competence curricula.<br />
12. Finally, cultural competence education should take place in a safe, non- judgmental, supportive<br />
environment. While the Principles and Recommended Standards are focused on the education and training<br />
of health care professionals, the schools and organizations in which they study and work must be<br />
settings that are conducive to functioning in a culturally competent way and visibly support the goals of<br />
culturally competent care.<br />
102
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
More specifically, the (2003) Report offers training-related cultural competency standards in four main areas:<br />
• Content of Cultural Competence Education<br />
• Training Methods and Modalities<br />
• Evaluating Cultural Competence Learning<br />
• Standards Relating to the Qualification of Cultural Competence Teachers and Trainers<br />
The Standards for Cultural Competence Education and Training are subdivided into three cultural competency<br />
categories of Attitudes, Knowledge, Skills (see <strong>Appendix</strong> 6 for elaboration of Recommended Standards for the<br />
Content of Cultural Competence Education).<br />
Tool for Assessment of Cultural Competence Training (TACCT)<br />
The Association of American Medical Colleges (AAMC) has developed a self-administered “tool for the assessment<br />
of cultural competence training” (TACCT) to assist medical schools in meeting their accreditation standards, as<br />
required by the Liaison Committee on Medical Education, and the Accreditation Council of Graduate Medical<br />
Education (ACGME) (see http://www.aamc.org/meded/tacct/start.htm). The TACCT was designed as a framework<br />
for evaluating and examining the various components of a medical school’s cultural competence curriculum. It<br />
could also usefully be adapted to assess and inform the development of cultural competence training programs and<br />
modules for health care organizations.<br />
There are two parts to the TACCT. The first part, Domains, is designed to guide the assessment and monitoring of<br />
overall curricular offerings. It helps to identify any gaps or redundancies in such offerings (see below for framework<br />
outline). The second part, Specific Components, provides a framework for the identification of education for<br />
detailed knowledge, skills and attitudes. These two parts of the TACCT are explored in outline form below.<br />
1. TACCT Content Domains<br />
The first part of the TACCT – cultural competence domains – outlines five TACCT domains for cultural<br />
competence education:<br />
• Domain I: Cultural Competence—Rationale, Context, and Definition<br />
• Definition and understanding of the importance of cultural competence; how cultural issues affect health<br />
and health-care quality and cost; and, the consequences of cultural issues;<br />
• Definitions of race, ethnicity, and culture, including the culture of medicine; and<br />
• Clinicians’ self-assessment, reflection, and self-awareness of own culture, assumptions, stereotypes, biases.<br />
• Domain II: Key Aspects of Cultural Competence<br />
• Epidemiology of population health;<br />
• Patient/family-centered vs. physician-centered care: emphasis on patients’/families’ healing traditions and<br />
beliefs [for example, ethno-medical healers];<br />
• Institutional cultural issues; and<br />
• Information on the history of the patient and his/her community of people.<br />
• Domain III: Understanding the Impact of Stereotyping on Medical Decision-Making<br />
• History of stereotyping, including limited access to health care and education;<br />
• Bias, stereotyping, discrimination, and racism; and<br />
• Effects of stereotyping on medical decision-making.<br />
• Domain IV: <strong>Health</strong> Disparities and Factors Influencing <strong>Health</strong><br />
• History of health-care design and discrimination;<br />
103
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
• Epidemiology of specific health and health-care disparities;<br />
• Factors underlying health and health-care disparities—access, socioeconomic, environment, institutional,<br />
racial/ethnic;<br />
• Demographic patterns of health-care disparities, both local and national; and<br />
• Collaborating with communities to eliminate disparities—through community experiences.<br />
• Domain V: Cross-Cultural Clinical Skills<br />
• Knowledge, respect, and validation of differing values, cultures, and beliefs, including sexual orientation,<br />
gender, age, race, ethnicity, and class;<br />
• Dealing with hostility/discomfort as a result of cultural discord;<br />
• Eliciting a culturally valid social and medical history;<br />
• Communication, interaction, and interviewing skills;<br />
• Understanding language barriers and working with interpreters;<br />
• Negotiating and problem-solving skills; and<br />
• Diagnosis, management, and patient-adherence skills leading to patient compliance (AAMC, 2005, p. 9).<br />
2. Specific Components Grid<br />
The second part (Specific Components) of the TACTT identifies and details the specific knowledge (K), skills (S),<br />
and attitudes (A) that need to be taught and evaluated for, under each of these five domains.<br />
5.3. LIMITATIONS OF THE TRAINING LITERATURE, FRAMEWORKS & STANDARDS<br />
(1) Lack of evidence-base and quality evaluation<br />
One of the greatest limitations of the existing cultural competence training literature is the lack of empirical data<br />
concerning what makes diversity training, and linguistically and culturally appropriate health education training in<br />
particular, effective (Curtis et al., 2007; Anderson et al., 2003).<br />
Much of this has to do with the poor methodological design and/or rigour of the few evaluations in the literature that<br />
do examine the impact of cultural competence training on minority health care quality (Beach et al., 2005; Beach et<br />
al, 2006; and Curtis et al., 2007). Most such studies, for instance, rely on self-administered tools for evaluation that<br />
have not been validated (Gozu et al., 2007) 35 and base themselves on post-test only or single group pre-test/post-test<br />
self-reports of knowledge and attitudes acquired in the process (Haarmans, 2004).<br />
While there is some evidence that properly designed cultural competence training can change trainees attitudes<br />
(Curtis et al., 2007; Crosson et al., 2004; ), there is a lack of evidence substantiating that such training improves<br />
‘patient adherence to therapy, health outcomes, and equity of services across racial and ethnic groups’ (Beach et al.,<br />
2005).<br />
(2) Attitude focus<br />
A second major limitation of cultural competence training discussed in the literature concerns the continuing overemphasis<br />
in a lot of cultural competence training designs on awareness-building aimed at attitude change. “The<br />
literature indicates that current diversity training practices begin and end with awareness building” Curtis et al., for<br />
instance conclude, in their (2007) review of diversity and cultural competence training literature between 2000 and<br />
2005.<br />
35 Curtis et al., (2007) for instance note, in the former respect, a significant discrepancy between the reported results of subjective (self-report)<br />
measures of attitude change, and the results of survey methods measuring attitude change using standardized instruments, which are much more<br />
mixed.<br />
104
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
There is a corresponding neglect or under-emphasis of skills-focused training interventions (Curtis et al., 2007;<br />
Engerbretso et al., 2008).<br />
Curtis et al., moreover, cite research findings that suggest “even if measurable attitudinal change does occur as a<br />
reported consequence of [such attitude-based] training, attitudinal change does not necessarily result in<br />
changed behaviour” (see also Armour, Bain, & Rubio, 2004; Bieschke et al., 2003; Tomlinson-Clarke 2000).<br />
(3) Stereotyping<br />
Another limitation associated with knowledge-based approaches to cultural competence training concerns the<br />
persistence of stereotyping teaching strategies that depict groups in static, homogeneous ways (Betancourt et al.,<br />
2005; Engerbretso et al., 2008). The failure to recognize the complexity of individual cultural identity and<br />
formation, can lead to misdiagnosis and culturally incompetent care. Frequently, such ‘categorical’ approaches to<br />
training focusing on the particular cultural norms of particular ethnic groups, moreover, fail to address and account<br />
for the cultural orientation of the dominant health care system and its providers (Engerbretson et al., 2008).<br />
(4) Lack of standards and criteria for assessment<br />
While cultural competence education for medical/healthcare professionals in training in universities and colleges has<br />
grown in sophistication and consistency as a result of the introduction of accreditation standards, continuing cultural<br />
competence education for practicing health care professionals has been described as “increasingly haphazard and<br />
varying in quality” (California Endowment, 2003). One of the major reasons for this is the lack of agreed upon<br />
standards and evaluative criteria by which to plan or assess cultural competence training for existing healthcare<br />
professionals (ibid.).<br />
(5) Training as substitute for organizational change<br />
A last salient limitation or critique of cultural competence training in the literature is the false sense of<br />
accomplishment this can bestow on organizations providing it. Cross et al.’s (1989) cultural competence continuum<br />
for assessing organizations is telling in this respect as it situates organizations at the pre-competence phase as<br />
frequently and inordinately focussing on training and diverse staff hiring, yet too often to the neglect of more<br />
fundamental and systemic changes in the way business is conducted in the organization.<br />
Cultural competence training – most of which tends to focus on improving individual staff attitudes, knowledge, and<br />
behaviour - is a necessary but insufficient condition (and certainly no substitute) for improving the cultural and<br />
linguistic appropriateness and accessibility of programs and services.<br />
5.4. BEST PRACTICES & RECOMMENDATIONS<br />
Among the salient recommendations and best practices identified in this review of the cultural competence training<br />
literature are:<br />
• Evaluating - and properly designing evaluations (e.g. experimental pre/post-test designs using validated<br />
instruments) of - training programs for their impact on trainees behaviour as well as client health outcomes<br />
(Gozu et al., 2007; Curtis et al., 2007).<br />
• Developing greater (evidence-based) consensus on training standards and evaluative criteria for cultural<br />
competency training and skills assessment. This is a particularly important priority in the field of continuous<br />
education for existing health care professionals (OMH, 2001; Betancourt, 2005).<br />
• Focusing on skills versus solely attitudes and knowledge in training modules by employing a practiceoriented,<br />
skills-based approach to training that focuses on specific competencies and skills required to<br />
function culturally competently in a particular organizational setting (Engerbretso et al., 2008).<br />
Taking a systems approach to cultural competence training. A systems approach treats training as a “key<br />
component of a health care organization’s strategic approach to organizational performance”, and links it to the<br />
105
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
attainment of these strategic goals for improved quality of care (Curtis et al., 2007). The systems approach as such<br />
encourages and requires the following steps:<br />
• Determine diversity and cultural competence goals in the context of strategy;<br />
• Measure current performance against needs;<br />
• Design training to address the gap;<br />
• Implement the training;<br />
• Assess training effectiveness; and<br />
• Strive for continuous improvement (Curtis et al., 2007; see Figure 5.1 below).<br />
Figure 5.1: Curtis et al.’s systems approach to leadership development and organizational competence.<br />
Source: Curtis et al., 2007. Adapted from the (2005) National Center for <strong>Health</strong> care Leadership Development<br />
System.<br />
• Training of health care policy-makers and practitioners in conducting health equity impact assessments<br />
(WHO, 2008; See Box 3.5). “In-depth training on the conduct of [<strong>Health</strong> Equity Impact Assessments] should be<br />
provided to a minimum of one member of staff from each directorate/section of the organisation so that [health<br />
equity] expertise is available in each of its specific functions/policy areas” (North <strong>Central</strong> London Strategic<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Authority, 2006).<br />
106
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
• Ongoing education and training in culturally and linguistically appropriate service delivery is offered to<br />
staff at all levels and across all organizational functions. 36 Such training, moreover, is tailored to target and<br />
nurture the appropriate skill-sets required at the relevant organizational level and area of functioning (OMH,<br />
2001).<br />
• Training addresses the dynamic, intersectional nature and bases of culture and cultural identity and is<br />
sensitive to relations of power, both in the immediate client-practitioner relation, and in the larger societal<br />
context (see Haarmans 2004 in this latter respect). Knowledge-based components of cultural competence<br />
training, in this respect, should draw on “anthropological theories, epidemiological data, socioeconomic status,<br />
and the social and historic context of the population” so as to guard against stereotyping teaching strategies<br />
(Engerbretso et al., 2008).<br />
• Finally, it is also advisable that training modules be developed more explicitly around health equity, which<br />
would engage themes and skill sets beyond (albeit including) cultural competence.<br />
36 The National Standards for Culturally and Linguistically Appropriate <strong>Health</strong> Care Services (CLAS) suggests that the standard requiring<br />
training for staff at all levels “may be the single most important element of assuring the cultural competence of an organization, and one of the<br />
elements most directly related to clinical care and outcomes” (Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong>, 2001, p.5).<br />
107
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
<strong>Appendix</strong> 1:<br />
HRSA Organizational Cultural Competence Assessment Profile Structure, Process and Output Indicators<br />
DOMAIN: Organizational Values<br />
Part I: Structure, Process and Output Indicators<br />
An organization's perspective and attitudes regarding the worth and importance of cultural competence,<br />
and its commitment to providing culturally competent care.<br />
INDICATORS<br />
FOCUS AREAS<br />
STRUCTURE<br />
PROCESS<br />
STRUCTURE<br />
PROCESS<br />
OUTPUT<br />
Leadership,<br />
Investment,<br />
Documentation<br />
• Individual(s) at executive<br />
level with responsibility for<br />
implementing/monitoring<br />
cultural competence<br />
plans/initiatives<br />
• Team/committee of midand<br />
high-level staff<br />
responsible for<br />
coordinating cultural<br />
competence (and<br />
diversity) activities<br />
• Funding related to cultural<br />
competence activities<br />
• Overall investment<br />
in cultural<br />
competence<br />
• Mission statement<br />
addresses cultural<br />
competence<br />
• Strategic plan<br />
addresses cultural<br />
competence,<br />
including a cultural<br />
competence plan<br />
• Business plan<br />
addresses cultural<br />
competence<br />
• Program plans<br />
address cultural<br />
competence<br />
• Staff<br />
awareness/accept<br />
ance regarding<br />
contents of<br />
relevant plans<br />
• Client/community<br />
awareness<br />
regarding contents<br />
of relevant plans<br />
• Materials<br />
expressing the<br />
organization's<br />
commitment to<br />
cultural<br />
competence<br />
108
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Information/<br />
Data Relevant<br />
to Cultural<br />
Competence*<br />
• Mechanisms for collection<br />
of cultural competencerelated<br />
information/data<br />
(client- and populationlevel)<br />
• Mechanisms for<br />
appropriate dissemination<br />
of cultural competencerelated<br />
information/data<br />
• Conducts regular<br />
organizational selfassessments<br />
regarding cultural<br />
competence<br />
• Requires/facilitates<br />
regular individual<br />
provider<br />
assessments<br />
regarding cultural<br />
competence<br />
• Obtains client-level<br />
cultural<br />
competencerelated<br />
information<br />
• Conducts regular<br />
community/needs<br />
assessments<br />
• Evaluates cultural<br />
competencerelated<br />
activities<br />
• Flow and feedback<br />
of cultural<br />
competencerelated<br />
information/data<br />
for use in policy,<br />
program,<br />
operations, and<br />
treatment planning<br />
and<br />
implementation<br />
Organizational<br />
Flexibility<br />
• Systematic and<br />
ongoing<br />
examination and<br />
use of<br />
information/data<br />
relevant to cultural<br />
competence<br />
• Administrative and<br />
service delivery<br />
adaptations<br />
tailored to<br />
population in<br />
service area,<br />
including<br />
adaptations to<br />
improve access to<br />
care<br />
*“Information/Data Relevant to Cultural Competence" may include the following: ethnic/racial<br />
demographics, client language preference, epidemiological data related to various cultural groups served,<br />
community needs assessment, etc.<br />
DOMAIN: Governance<br />
Part I: Structure, Process and Output Indicators (Cont'd)<br />
The goal-setting, policy-making, and other oversight vehicles an organization uses to help ensure the<br />
delivery of culturally competent care.<br />
INDICATORS<br />
FOCUS<br />
AREAS<br />
STRUCTURE PROCESS OUTPUT<br />
109
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Community<br />
Involvement<br />
and<br />
Accountability<br />
• Diverse governing body or<br />
policy influencing group, with<br />
representatives from groups<br />
served<br />
• Community advisory<br />
committee(s), representative of<br />
groups served<br />
• Community<br />
participants are<br />
provided financial<br />
and other<br />
supports for their<br />
involvement on<br />
governing board<br />
and advisory<br />
committees<br />
• Percentage and<br />
retention of<br />
community<br />
members on<br />
governing body and<br />
advisory<br />
committees<br />
• Reports to<br />
stakeholders on<br />
cultural<br />
competence<br />
activities/issues<br />
Board<br />
Development<br />
• Has ongoing<br />
education of<br />
governing body<br />
regarding cultural<br />
competence<br />
Policies • Formal cultural<br />
competencerelated<br />
policies<br />
exist regarding:<br />
- personnel<br />
recruitment/retentio<br />
n<br />
- training/staff<br />
development<br />
-language<br />
access/communicat<br />
ion<br />
-cultural<br />
competencerelated<br />
grievances/<br />
complaints<br />
- community/client<br />
input<br />
Part I: Structure, Process and Output Indicators (Cont'd)<br />
DOMAIN: Planning and Monitoring/Evaluation<br />
The mechanisms and processes used for: a) long- and short-term policy, programmatic, and operational<br />
cultural competence planning that is informed by external and internal consumers; and b) the system and<br />
activities needed to proactively track and assess an organization's level of cultural competence.<br />
INDICATORS<br />
FOCUS AREAS STRUCTURE PROCESS OUTPUT<br />
110
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Client/<br />
Community<br />
and Staff Input<br />
• Membership on relevant<br />
planning committees of<br />
community participants<br />
that represent groups<br />
served<br />
• Membership on relevant<br />
monitoring/review<br />
committees of<br />
community participants<br />
that represent groups<br />
served<br />
• Process for<br />
obtaining<br />
client/community<br />
input in the<br />
development of<br />
cultural<br />
competencerelated<br />
plans<br />
• Process for<br />
obtaining staff<br />
input in the<br />
development of<br />
cultural<br />
competencerelated<br />
plans<br />
• Process for<br />
obtaining<br />
client/community<br />
and staff input in<br />
cultural<br />
competencerelated<br />
monitoring<br />
and evaluation<br />
• Consumer<br />
participation/satisfa<br />
ction regarding<br />
cultural<br />
competence-related<br />
planning<br />
• Staff<br />
participation/satisfa<br />
ction regarding<br />
cultural<br />
competence-related<br />
planning<br />
Plans and<br />
Implementation<br />
• Planning<br />
documents,<br />
including fiscal<br />
plan, addressing<br />
cultural<br />
competence issues<br />
• Integration and<br />
implementation of<br />
cultural<br />
competence plan<br />
Collection and<br />
Use of Cultural<br />
Competence-<br />
Related<br />
Information/<br />
Data*<br />
• Data sources and<br />
systems that support<br />
proactive cultural<br />
competence planning at<br />
all levels (policy,<br />
program, operations,<br />
treatment)<br />
• Resources and capacity<br />
to collect/manage/report<br />
cultural competencerelated<br />
information/data<br />
• Uses<br />
community/client<br />
cultural<br />
competencerelated<br />
data in<br />
planning (policy,<br />
program,<br />
operations,<br />
treatment)<br />
• Monitors/evaluates<br />
implementation<br />
and results of<br />
cultural<br />
competence<br />
plans/activities as<br />
part of quality<br />
improvement<br />
activities<br />
• Timely and<br />
accurate cultural<br />
competence-related<br />
data<br />
• Monitoring and<br />
evaluation reports<br />
related to cultural<br />
competence<br />
111
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
*"Information/Data Relevant to Cultural Competence" may include the following: ethnic/racial<br />
demographics, client language preference, epidemiological data related to various cultural groups served,<br />
community needs assessment, etc.<br />
DOMAIN: Communication<br />
Part I: Structure, Process and Output Indicators (Cont'd)<br />
The exchange of information between the organization/providers and the clients/population, and internally<br />
among staff, in ways that promote cultural competence.<br />
INDICATORS<br />
FOCUS AREAS STRUCTURE PROCESS OUTPUT<br />
Understanding<br />
of Different<br />
Communication<br />
Needs and<br />
Styles of Client<br />
Population<br />
• System for informing<br />
patients of right to free<br />
interpretation/translation<br />
services<br />
• System for identification and<br />
recording of population's<br />
and client's language<br />
preferences, level of<br />
proficiency, and literacy<br />
• System for access to trained<br />
interpreters<br />
• Curriculum and training<br />
programs for interpreters<br />
and staff<br />
• Fixed point of administrative<br />
responsibility for crosscultural<br />
communication<br />
support system<br />
Provides for staff<br />
training regarding<br />
cross-cultural<br />
communication<br />
" Monitors and<br />
evaluates cultural<br />
competence in<br />
organizational and<br />
provider<br />
communications<br />
• Special<br />
"communication"<br />
initiatives<br />
• Universal"<br />
language access<br />
• Linguistically<br />
competent services<br />
provided<br />
• Staff<br />
demonstrates/appli<br />
es effective<br />
communication<br />
styles with diverse<br />
groups<br />
Culturally<br />
Competent Oral<br />
Communication<br />
• Mechanisms for providing<br />
access to trained<br />
interpreters<br />
• Trained bi-lingual staff<br />
• Protocol(s) for when and<br />
how to elicit sensitive<br />
information from clients<br />
• Policy in place that<br />
minimizes the use of family<br />
members as interpreters<br />
• Provides for<br />
training and<br />
testing of<br />
interpreters<br />
and bi-lingual<br />
staff<br />
• Provides for<br />
staff training on<br />
use of<br />
interpreters<br />
• Languages/dialects<br />
of community<br />
available at point of<br />
first contact and all<br />
levels of interaction<br />
• Extent of use and<br />
timeliness of<br />
interpretation<br />
service, including<br />
requests and<br />
fulfillment of<br />
requests<br />
• Client<br />
understanding of<br />
interpreted material<br />
• Low interpretation<br />
errors<br />
112
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Culturally<br />
Competent<br />
Written /Other<br />
Communication<br />
• Criteria available for<br />
assessing capability of<br />
vendors that translate<br />
materials<br />
• Uses a quality<br />
review<br />
mechanism to<br />
ensure that<br />
translated<br />
materials<br />
convey<br />
intended<br />
meaning<br />
• Engages in<br />
culturally<br />
appropriate<br />
dissemination<br />
of written/other<br />
materials<br />
• Signage,<br />
administrative<br />
documents, health<br />
information<br />
materials, and all<br />
key written/other<br />
materials in<br />
language of the<br />
groups served<br />
• Written/other<br />
material<br />
appropriate to<br />
literacy level of<br />
populations served<br />
• Client<br />
understanding of<br />
written/other<br />
materials<br />
Communication<br />
with<br />
Community<br />
Mechanism for systematic and<br />
ongoing communication with<br />
community<br />
Engages in twoway<br />
communication<br />
with community<br />
from which<br />
clients/potential<br />
clients come/may<br />
come<br />
Intra-<br />
Organizational<br />
Communication<br />
• Policies, workplace design,<br />
and mechanisms in place to<br />
promote integration of staff<br />
of various backgrounds<br />
• Processes to<br />
promote<br />
effective<br />
communication<br />
among diverse<br />
staff<br />
• Staff demonstrates<br />
cultural<br />
competence in<br />
communications<br />
with co-workers<br />
Part I: Structure, Process and Output Indicators (Cont'd)<br />
113
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
DOMAIN: Staff Development<br />
An organization's efforts to ensure staff and other service providers have the requisite attitudes,<br />
knowledge and skills for delivering culturally competent services.<br />
INDICATORS<br />
FOCUS<br />
AREAS<br />
STRUCTURE PROCESS OUTPUT<br />
Training<br />
Commitment<br />
• Has training plan for staff<br />
development in cultural<br />
competence<br />
• Training in cultural<br />
competence linked to quality<br />
improvement efforts (as core<br />
competency)<br />
• Provides<br />
basic/initial and<br />
periodic cultural<br />
competence<br />
training for all<br />
staff<br />
• Incorporates<br />
cultural<br />
competence<br />
training into<br />
overall staff<br />
training activities<br />
• Consultation<br />
provided on<br />
cultural<br />
competence,<br />
upon request<br />
• Offers regular<br />
opportunities for<br />
staff to interact<br />
with community<br />
• Conducts regular<br />
monitoring and<br />
periodic<br />
evaluations of<br />
cultural<br />
competence<br />
training efforts<br />
• Disseminates<br />
information on<br />
staff training<br />
opportunities and<br />
policies<br />
• Investment<br />
(monetary and<br />
other) in cultural<br />
competence<br />
training<br />
• All staff complete<br />
basic/initial and<br />
periodic cultural<br />
competence<br />
training<br />
Training<br />
Content<br />
• Cultural competence curricula<br />
address key cultural<br />
competence-related<br />
knowledge, skills, and attitudes<br />
(as generally applicable and as<br />
related to specific relevant<br />
groups)<br />
• Cultural competence curricula<br />
particularized to roles of<br />
persons trained (e.g., clinical,<br />
• Assesses cultural<br />
competence<br />
training needs of<br />
staff<br />
• Obtains<br />
community input<br />
regarding staff<br />
training<br />
• Assesses the<br />
quality of staff<br />
• Staff<br />
demonstrates<br />
cultural<br />
competence in<br />
knowledge, skills,<br />
attitudes, and<br />
behaviors (as<br />
generally<br />
applicable and as<br />
related to specific<br />
114
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
front-line, administrative,<br />
marketing, etc.)<br />
training in cultural<br />
competence<br />
relevant groups)<br />
Staff<br />
Performance<br />
• Cultural competence is a part<br />
of job descriptions<br />
• System of incentives<br />
(individual and team) for<br />
cultural competence<br />
behaviors/activities<br />
• Assesses staff<br />
performance<br />
regarding cultural<br />
competence<br />
• Staff<br />
performance<br />
evaluations are<br />
conducted in a<br />
culturally<br />
competent<br />
manner<br />
Staff performance<br />
(including selfefficacy)<br />
in<br />
application of cultural<br />
competence<br />
principles/practices<br />
Part I: Structure, Process and Output Indicators (Cont'd)<br />
DOMAIN: Organizational Infrastructure<br />
The organizational resources required to deliver or facilitate delivery of culturally competent services.<br />
INDICATORS<br />
FOCUS<br />
AREAS<br />
STRUCTURE PROCESS OUTPUT<br />
Financial/<br />
Budgetary<br />
• Person(s) designated to<br />
monitor the need for additional<br />
resources or funding<br />
• Process for<br />
enhancing<br />
resources related<br />
to cultural<br />
competence<br />
(e.g., grant<br />
writing,<br />
fundraising<br />
activities)<br />
• Overall budgetary<br />
allocation and<br />
investment in<br />
cultural<br />
competence<br />
activities, aligned<br />
with strategic<br />
plan<br />
Staffing • A plan for recruitment,<br />
retention, and promotion of<br />
staff representative of the<br />
population(s) served<br />
• Designated staff responsible<br />
for cultural competence<br />
implementation/activities<br />
• Staffing to facilitate<br />
client/community outreach and<br />
• Active staff<br />
recruitment for<br />
diversity and<br />
cultural<br />
competence<br />
• Active<br />
retention/promoti<br />
on of culturally<br />
diverse workforce<br />
• Diverse staff at<br />
all levels<br />
• Community<br />
liaisons (e.g.,<br />
ombudspersons,<br />
community health<br />
workers, cultural<br />
brokers)<br />
115
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
communication • Process for<br />
assessing the<br />
quality and<br />
cultural<br />
competence of<br />
relevant<br />
contractors/vend<br />
ors<br />
Technology • MIS that includes/tracks<br />
cultural competence-related<br />
information on populations and<br />
clients served<br />
• Range of technology that<br />
facilitates communication<br />
between clients/population and<br />
health organization/providers<br />
• Staff is trained to<br />
use, collect, and<br />
input data into<br />
the organization's<br />
information<br />
system in a<br />
consistent,<br />
standardized way<br />
Physical<br />
facility/<br />
environment<br />
• Culturally inviting and helpful<br />
environments (e.g., décor,<br />
color coding, literature,<br />
posters)<br />
Linkages • Formal and informal<br />
alliances/links with community<br />
and other partners to address<br />
cultural competence issues<br />
• Formal internal<br />
coordination to<br />
facilitate delivery<br />
of culturally<br />
competent care<br />
• Obtains and<br />
considers<br />
information on<br />
cultural<br />
competence of<br />
referral sources<br />
and partnering<br />
organizations<br />
• Evidence of<br />
appropriate use<br />
of/referral to<br />
partners/alliance<br />
members<br />
Part I: Structure, Process and Output Indicators (Cont'd)<br />
DOMAIN: Services/Interventions<br />
An organization's delivery or facilitation of clinical, public-health, and health related services in a culturally<br />
competent manner.<br />
INDICATORS<br />
FOCUS<br />
AREAS<br />
STRUCTURE PROCESS OUTPUT<br />
116
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Client/Family/<br />
Community<br />
Input<br />
• Policies, protocols<br />
regarding<br />
client/family/comm<br />
unity input<br />
• Obtains client, family,<br />
patient advocate input<br />
regarding care<br />
planning and<br />
treatment, as<br />
appropriate<br />
• Meets, during<br />
treatment, with client's<br />
family or advocate (as<br />
appropriate and with<br />
client consent)<br />
• Obtains community<br />
input regarding<br />
community-level<br />
interventions<br />
• Care and treatment plan<br />
agreed on by client/family and<br />
amended with client/family<br />
input, as appropriate<br />
• Tailored outreach and<br />
community health education<br />
initiatives<br />
Screening/<br />
Assessment/<br />
Care<br />
Planning<br />
• Community and<br />
client assessment<br />
guidelines and<br />
tools exist to elicit<br />
cultural and<br />
demographic<br />
factors relevant to<br />
health and health<br />
behaviors<br />
• Appropriately<br />
detailed data<br />
routinely available<br />
re<br />
culture/language<br />
and needs/assets<br />
of populations and<br />
clients served<br />
• Mechanism for<br />
keeping providers<br />
updated on illness<br />
patterns and<br />
treatment efficacy<br />
issues (e.g.,<br />
ethnopharmacolog<br />
y) relevant to<br />
groups served<br />
• Identifies<br />
community/client<br />
beliefs, practices and<br />
culture-related factors<br />
• Addresses systematic<br />
cultural/ethnic factors<br />
in<br />
screening/assessment/<br />
care planning<br />
• Provider compliance with<br />
assessment guidelines<br />
related to cultural<br />
competence<br />
• Focused<br />
prevention/treatment/mainten<br />
ance plans reflecting cultural<br />
competence-related factors<br />
117
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Treatment/<br />
Follow-up<br />
• Practice guidelines<br />
and treatment<br />
framework that<br />
account for<br />
differences related<br />
to culture<br />
• Makes<br />
accommodations to<br />
and integrates client's<br />
traditional health<br />
beliefs and practices,<br />
as appropriate<br />
• Utilizes community<br />
resources as treatment<br />
partners, as<br />
appropriate<br />
• Provides client- and<br />
population-level health<br />
education around<br />
issues that are<br />
specifically relevant in<br />
the community<br />
• Regularly assesses<br />
treatment processes<br />
and outcomes related<br />
to<br />
ethnic/cultural/languag<br />
e groups as part of<br />
quality monitoring and<br />
improvement program<br />
• Individualized interventions<br />
applied in a patient- and<br />
family-centered fashion<br />
• Patient instructions (written<br />
and oral) reflect cultural<br />
competence<br />
• Care-facilitating outreach to<br />
clients/population from<br />
relevant cultural groups<br />
• Public health interventions<br />
reflecting needs of population<br />
in service area<br />
" Culture-specific quality<br />
assurance reports<br />
Part II: Intermediate Outcome Indicators<br />
INTERMEDIATE OUTCOME INDICATORS<br />
ALL DOMAINS<br />
ORGANIZATIONAL<br />
PERSPECTIVE<br />
CLIENT PERSPECTIVE<br />
COMMUNITY<br />
PERSPECTIVE<br />
Organizational Values<br />
Governance<br />
Planning and<br />
Monitoring/Evaluation<br />
Communication<br />
Staff Development<br />
Organizational<br />
Infrastructure<br />
Services/Interventions<br />
• Rate of<br />
appropriate use<br />
of services<br />
relative to need<br />
• Retention of<br />
clients/reduced<br />
attrition rates<br />
• Reduction in<br />
rates of broken<br />
appointments/n<br />
o-shows<br />
• Reductions in<br />
misdiagnoses<br />
and inadequate<br />
treatment plans<br />
• Rates of<br />
appropriate<br />
management of<br />
selected chronic<br />
conditions<br />
• Staff<br />
• Perceptions regarding:<br />
- cultural competence of<br />
providers/organization<br />
- how well organization meets their<br />
needs<br />
• Satisfaction with care<br />
• Knowledge/understanding regarding<br />
prevention, diagnosis, treatment<br />
plan<br />
• Agreement/compliance/adherence<br />
with treatment plan<br />
• Medication compliance/reduction in<br />
misuse of medications<br />
• Improved management of selected<br />
chronic conditions<br />
• Increase in healthy behaviors and<br />
prevention practices/reduction in<br />
risky behaviors<br />
• Opinions<br />
about the<br />
organizatio<br />
n and its<br />
responsiven<br />
ess to<br />
community<br />
needs<br />
118
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
satisfaction<br />
Source: <strong>Health</strong> Resources and Service Administration, 2002.<br />
119
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
<strong>Appendix</strong> 2:<br />
The structure of the new NHS in England<br />
Source: Talbot-Smith et al., 2006.<br />
120
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
<strong>Appendix</strong> 3:<br />
A Minimum <strong>Health</strong> Equity Surveillance System (WHO, 2008)<br />
Source: WHO, 2008, p.181.<br />
121
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
<strong>Appendix</strong> 4:<br />
Towards a Comprehensive National <strong>Health</strong> Equity Surveillance Framework (WHO 2008)<br />
Source: WHO, 2008, p.182.<br />
122
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
<strong>Appendix</strong> 5:<br />
AMCD Multicultural Counselling Competencies<br />
I. Counselor Awareness of Own Cultural Values and Biases<br />
A. Attitudes and Beliefs<br />
1. Culturally skilled counsellors believe that cultural self-awareness and sensitivity to one's own cultural heritage is<br />
essential.<br />
2. Culturally skilled counsellors are aware of how their own cultural background and experiences have influenced<br />
attitudes, values, and biases about psychological processes.<br />
3. Culturally skilled counsellors are able to recognize the limits of their multicultural competency and expertise.<br />
4. Culturally skilled counsellors recognize their sources of discomfort with differences that exist between themselves<br />
and clients in terms of race, ethnicity and culture.<br />
B. Knowledge<br />
1. Culturally skilled counsellors have specific knowledge about their own racial and cultural heritage and how it<br />
personally and professionally affects their definitions and biases of normality/abnormality and the process of<br />
counselling.<br />
2. Culturally skilled counsellors possess knowledge and understanding about how oppression, racism,<br />
discrimination, and stereotyping affect them personally and in their work. This allows individuals to acknowledge<br />
their own racist attitudes, beliefs, and feelings. Although this standard applies to all groups, for White counsellors it<br />
may mean that they understand how they may have directly or indirectly benefited from individual, institutional, and<br />
cultural racism as outlined in White identity development models.<br />
3. Culturally skilled counsellors possess knowledge about their social impact upon others. They are knowledgeable<br />
about communication style differences, how their style may clash with or foster the counselling process with persons<br />
of color or others different from themselves based on the A, B and C, Dimensions ,and how to anticipate the impact<br />
it may have on others.<br />
C. Skills<br />
1. Culturally skilled counsellors seek out educational, consultative, and training experiences to improve their<br />
understanding and effectiveness in working with culturally different populations. Being able to recognize the limits<br />
of their competencies, they (a) seek consultation, (b) seek further training or education, (c) refer out to more<br />
qualified individuals or resources, or (d) engage in a combination of these.<br />
2. Culturally skilled counsellors are constantly seeking to understand themselves as racial and cultural beings and<br />
are actively seeking a non racist identity.<br />
II. Counselor Awareness of Client's Worldview<br />
A. Attitudes and Beliefs<br />
1. Culturally skilled counsellors are aware of their negative and positive emotional reactions toward other racial and<br />
ethnic groups that may prove detrimental to the counselling relationship.<br />
They are willing to contrast their own beliefs and attitudes with those of their culturally different clients in a<br />
nonjudgmental fashion.<br />
2. Culturally skilled counsellors are aware of their stereotypes and preconceived notions that they may hold toward<br />
other racial and ethnic minority groups.<br />
123
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
B. Knowledge<br />
1. Culturally skilled counsellors possess specific knowledge and information about the particular group with which<br />
they are working. They are aware of the life experiences, cultural heritage, and historical background of their<br />
culturally different clients. This particular competency is strongly linked to the "minority identity development<br />
models" available in the literature.<br />
2. Culturally skilled counsellors understand how race, culture, ethnicity, and so forth may affect personality<br />
formation, vocational choices, manifestation of psychological disorders, help seeking behaviour, and the<br />
appropriateness or inappropriateness of counselling approaches.<br />
3. Culturally skilled counsellors understand and have knowledge about socio-political influences that impinge upon<br />
the life of racial and ethnic minorities. Immigration issues, poverty, racism, stereotyping, and powerlessness may<br />
impact self esteem and self concept in the counselling process.<br />
C. Skills<br />
1. Culturally skilled counsellors should familiarize themselves with relevant research and the latest findings<br />
regarding mental health and mental disorders that affect various ethnic and racial groups. They should actively seek<br />
out educational experiences that enrich their knowledge, understanding, and cross-cultural skills for more effective<br />
counselling behaviour.<br />
2. Culturally skilled counsellors become actively involved with minority individuals outside the counselling setting<br />
(e.g., community events, social and political functions, celebrations, friendships, neighbourhood groups, and so<br />
forth) so that their perspective of minorities is more than an academic or helping exercise.<br />
III. Culturally Appropriate Intervention Strategies<br />
A. Beliefs and Attitudes<br />
1. Culturally skilled counsellors respect clients' religious and/ or spiritual beliefs and values, including attributions<br />
and taboos, because they affect worldview, psychosocial functioning, and expressions of distress.<br />
2. Culturally skilled counsellors respect indigenous helping practices and respect helping networks among<br />
communities of color.<br />
3. Culturally skilled counsellors value bilingualism and do not view another language as an impediment to<br />
counselling (monolingualism may be the culprit).<br />
B. Knowledge<br />
1. Culturally skilled counsellors have a clear and explicit knowledge and understanding of the generic characteristics<br />
of counselling and therapy (culture bound, class bound, and monolingual) and how they may clash with the cultural<br />
values of various cultural groups.<br />
2. Culturally skilled counsellors are aware of institutional barriers that prevent minorities from using mental health<br />
services.<br />
3. Culturally skilled counsellors have knowledge of the potential bias in assessment instruments and use procedures<br />
and interpret findings keeping in mind the cultural and linguistic characteristics of the clients.<br />
4. Culturally skilled counsellors have knowledge of family structures, hierarchies, values, and<br />
beliefs from various cultural perspectives. They are knowledgeable about the community where a particular cultural<br />
group may reside and the resources in the community.<br />
5. Culturally skilled counsellors should be aware of relevant discriminatory practices at the social and community<br />
level that may be affecting the psychological welfare of the population being served.]<br />
124
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
C. Skills<br />
1. Culturally skilled counsellors are able to engage in a variety of verbal and nonverbal helping responses. They are<br />
able to send and receive both verbal and nonverbal messages accurately and appropriately. They are not tied down to<br />
only one method or approach to helping, but recognize that helping styles and approaches may be culture bound.<br />
When they sense that their helping style is limited and potentially inappropriate, they can anticipate and modify it.<br />
2. Culturally skilled counsellors are able to exercise institutional intervention skills on behalf of their clients. They<br />
can help clients determine whether a "problem" stems from racism or bias in others (the concept of healthy<br />
paranoia) so that clients do not inappropriately personalize problems.<br />
3. Culturally skilled counsellors are not averse to seeking consultation with traditional healers or religious and<br />
spiritual leaders and practitioners in the treatment of culturally different clients when appropriate.<br />
4. Culturally skilled counsellors take responsibility for interacting in the language requested by the client and, if not<br />
feasible, make appropriate referrals. A serious problem arises when the linguistic skills of the counsellor do not<br />
match the language of the client. This being the case, counsellors should (a) seek a translator with cultural<br />
knowledge and appropriate professional background or<br />
(b) refer to a knowledgeable and competent bilingual counsellor.<br />
5. Culturally skilled counsellors have training and expertise in the use of traditional assessment and testing<br />
instruments. They not only understand the technical aspects of the instruments but are also aware of the cultural<br />
limitations. This allows them to use test instruments for the welfare of culturally different clients.<br />
6. Culturally skilled counsellors should attend to as well as work to eliminate biases, prejudices, and discriminatory<br />
contexts in conducting evaluations and providing interventions, and should develop sensitivity to issues of<br />
oppression, sexism, heterosexism, elitism and racism.<br />
7. Culturally skilled counsellors take responsibility for educating their clients to the processes of psychological<br />
intervention, such as goals, expectations, legal rights, and the counsellor’s orientation.<br />
Source: Arredondo, P., Toporek, M. S., Brown, S., Jones, J., Locke, D. C., Sanchez, J. and Stadler, H. (1996)<br />
Operationalization of the Multicultural Counselling Competencies. AMCD: Alexandria, VA<br />
125
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
<strong>Appendix</strong> 6: Recommended Standards for the Content of Cultural Competence<br />
Education<br />
Attitudes:<br />
• Similar to all aspects of health care professionals’ continuing education, cultural competence education<br />
should be a continuous learning process as well. Cultural competence education for health care<br />
professionals should foster a lifelong commitment to learning and self-evaluation through an ability to<br />
recognize and question their own assumptions, biases, stereotypes and responses.<br />
• <strong>Health</strong> care professionals should be encouraged to adopt attitudes of open-mindedness and respect for all<br />
patients including those who differ from them socially or culturally.<br />
• <strong>Health</strong> care practitioners should be taught techniques that promote patient- and family-centered care, along<br />
with the understanding that effective therapeutic alliances may be construed differently across patients and<br />
cultures.<br />
• As they learn about health care disparities and inequities and the factors that lead to unequal treatment, health<br />
care professionals should be encouraged to undertake a commitment to equal quality care for all and<br />
fairness in the health care setting.<br />
• To actively serve this commitment, educators can teach students ways to identify systemic or<br />
organizational barriers to access and use of services by their patients and encourage them to be<br />
proactive within their practice environments to eliminate these barriers.<br />
Knowledge:<br />
• Self-awareness and self-knowledge are the first types of knowledge cross- cultural training would seek<br />
to establish. This involves bringing to the learner’s awareness internalized beliefs, values, norms,<br />
stereotypes and biases. They should be made aware of how ethnocentrism, that is, the belief that one’s own<br />
culture is superior to others, operates in all cultures and encouraged to be attentive to the possibility of<br />
ethnocentrism in their own thinking. They should be made aware of how ethnocentrism may influence<br />
their own interaction with patients.<br />
• Essential to their understanding of both themselves and their patients is an understanding of the concept of<br />
culture. The theory of culture makes clear the connections between worldview, beliefs, norms and<br />
behaviors related to health, illness and care-seeking in different populations. In this regard, practitioners<br />
can be taught to explore how their own cultures, including the cultures of biomedicine, inform their<br />
perceptions and behaviors. All people operate within multiple cultures.<br />
• Information about local and national demographics would be part of a health professional’s cultural competence<br />
education. This should include attention to specific populations, immigration and changing demographics,<br />
such as alterations in age or occupational distributions. Students/trainees should be encouraged to<br />
draw implications from this information for their current and future professional practices. Organizations<br />
should have a process in place to reassess relevant demographics on a consistent basis.<br />
• Practitioners need to know the legal, regulatory and accreditation issues which address cultural and<br />
linguistic issues in health care. These would include such things as the position of the federal<br />
Department of <strong>Health</strong> and Human Services (DHHS) on civil rights and language access, federal and state<br />
cultural competence contract requirements for publicly funded health care and state legislation around<br />
the provision of language services and culturally sensitive health care. The DHHS Recommended Standards for<br />
Culturally and Linguistically Appropriate <strong>Health</strong> Care Services should be reviewed.<br />
126
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
• <strong>Health</strong> care professionals need to be made aware of any cultural and linguistic policy statements or standards<br />
espoused by their own or other professional associations, such as the Society for Teachers of Family<br />
Medicine, the American Academies of Family Physicians, Paediatrics or the American Academy of<br />
Nursing. They should be given an understanding of how cultural competence fits into the goals of their<br />
professional education.<br />
• <strong>Health</strong> care professionals should know the kinds and degrees of disparities in health status, health care<br />
access and use of preventive strategies across racial, ethnic, gender and other discrete population groups<br />
in the United States. This information should be placed in a context that allows the learner to understand<br />
how class, racial and ethnic discrimination, social variables and structural variables, including the<br />
structure of health care, contribute to these disparities.<br />
• <strong>Health</strong> care professionals should be given a framework for exploring the family structure and dynamics,<br />
health beliefs, behaviors and health practices demonstrated in different cultures and population groups,<br />
especially those in the local areas of service.<br />
• Practitioners should understand the concept of medical pluralism— the concurrent use of both<br />
traditional and biomedical systems of care. Familiarity with the kinds of healers and healing traditions<br />
within their communities of practice or those frequently associated with their specialty field should be<br />
discussed. Interaction with traditional healers, if possible, is recommended. Improved understanding of<br />
traditional practices does not mean endorsing them, but it can lead to improved provider -patient<br />
or provider -family interaction.<br />
• In developing understandings about epidemiology and group health practices, the tendency to make<br />
inferences from probabilistic, group-level generalizations to individual cases, which, carelessly done, can<br />
lead to stereotyping, should be addressed. Its clinical risks and benefits should be carefully explored.<br />
Sources of within-group variation, including class and acculturation need to be clarified. A “recipe”<br />
approach to cultural and clinical descriptions of groups should be rigorously avoided.<br />
• Emergent data, such as those being developed in genome research and ethnopharmacology, which apply<br />
to specific racial and ethnic groups, should be carefully evaluated as to their potential use in enhancing<br />
the quality of care for these groups. The positive and negative implications of these types of data for the<br />
care of diverse populations should be discussed and well understood.<br />
• Practitioners should learn about the epidemiology of disease among specific populations, both nationally<br />
and within their local areas, and be able to use this knowledge in patient assessment, health promotion and other<br />
aspects of care. This includes an awareness of the limitations of epidemiological information for diverse<br />
populations. For example, there is not much data on epidemiological differences for ethnic sub-populations.<br />
Existing broad ethnic group data may not be able to be applied generally across sub-populations.<br />
• Knowledge of the dangers of attempting to care for a patient whose language they do not understand well and of<br />
the problems associated with the use of family members, friends or unskilled interpreters should be part of<br />
a health professional’s cultural competence training.<br />
• Without using a recipe approach, health care practitioners should become knowledgeable about crosscultural<br />
variations in verbal and non-verbal communication and etiquette and be taught techniques for<br />
recovering, if they discover that they have inadvertently breached a cultural norm.<br />
• Trainers and teachers should inform trainees of available resources, such as bibliographies, websites, case<br />
studies and community contacts and resources, so that practitioners can continue to expand their<br />
knowledge and education around cultural issues while engaging in professional practice.<br />
127
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Skills:<br />
• Skills that enable health care professionals to assess their own responses, biases and cultural<br />
preconceptions on an ongoing basis are critical baseline skills to be learned.<br />
• Providers need to be given communication tools and strategies for eliciting patients’ social, family<br />
and medical histories, as well as patients’ health beliefs, practices and explanatory models.<br />
Communication skills for fostering positive therapeutic alliances with diverse patients should be<br />
taught. These would include ways for assessing patients’ expectations around levels of interactive<br />
formality with providers, valuing and incorporating the patients’ beliefs and understanding into<br />
diagnosis, treatment options and preventive health care where possible and negotiating conflicting<br />
patient/provider perspectives when necessary.<br />
• <strong>Health</strong> care practitioners should be taught ways of accessing and interacting with diverse local<br />
communities for the purpose of understanding their traditional or group specific healthcare practices<br />
and needs. Collaboration with local communities, for example, is useful in tailoring effective<br />
outreach, prevention and educational programs and materials.<br />
• <strong>Health</strong> care professionals should be able to assess patients’ language skills as they relate to their<br />
ability to communicate fully with the practitioner and staff and to their understanding of written<br />
instructions, prescriptions and educational materials. While language and literacy issues may be<br />
particularly important in working with limited English speakers, they should be considered in relating to all<br />
patients.<br />
• Practitioners should be taught methods of realistically assessing their own proficiency in languages<br />
other than English and should acquire the skills for effective use of interpreters, including working with an<br />
untrained interpreter, a trained interpreter and telephone interpreting.<br />
• Skills in accessing translated written materials through their organizations and commercial resources;<br />
as well as computer programs and web-based resources should be taught.<br />
•<br />
• Cultural competence education should foster skills for retrieving data concerning cultural issues in<br />
health care, population data and epidemiological information on the web.<br />
Source: California Endowment, 2003.<br />
128
REFERENCES<br />
ACAS [Advisory Conciliation and Arbitration Service]. (2009). The Equality Policy and<br />
Action Plan [online]. Retrieved 13-2-2009 from http://www.acas.org.uk/index.aspx?articleid=821<br />
ACGME [Accreditation Council on Graduate Medical Education]. (2001). Outcome<br />
Project [online]. Retrieved 27-1-2004 from www.acgme.org/outcome/comp/compMin.asp<br />
Acheson, D. (1998). Independent Inquiry into Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong> Report. London: The<br />
Stationery Office.<br />
Adler, N. E., Boyce, W. T., Chesney, M. A., Folkman, S., & Syme, S. L. (1993).<br />
Socioeconomic Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong>: No Easy Solution. Journal of the American Medical Association,<br />
269, 3140-45.<br />
Adler, N. E., W.T.Boyce, M.A.Chesney, S.Folkman, & S.L.Syme. (1993). Socioeconomic<br />
Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong>: No Easy Solution. Journal of the American Medical Association, 269, 3140-<br />
3145.<br />
Agency for <strong>Health</strong> Research and Quality. (AHRQ) (2002). National <strong>Health</strong>care<br />
Disparities Report: Update on Current Status. Rockville, Md..<br />
Agency for <strong>Health</strong> Research and Quality (AHRQ). (2003). National <strong>Health</strong>care<br />
Disparities. Final Report. Rockville, Md..<br />
American College <strong>Health</strong> Association. (2009). Cultural Competency Action List [online].<br />
Retrieved 29-01-2009 from http://www.acha.org/about_acha/culture_comp_alist.cfm<br />
American Psychological Association. (2003). Guidelines on Multicultural Education,<br />
Training, Research, Practice, and Organizational Change for Psychologists. American Psychologist, 58,<br />
377-402.<br />
Anand, R. (1999). Cultural Competence in <strong>Health</strong> Care: A Guide for Trainers. 2nd<br />
Edition. Washington, DC: National MultiCultural Institute.<br />
Anderson, L. M., Scrimshaw, S. C., Fullilove, M. T., Fielding, J. E., & Normand, J.<br />
(2003). Culturally competent healthcare systems: A systematic review. American Journal of Preventive<br />
Medicine, 24, 68-79.<br />
Armour, M., Bain, B., & Rubio, R. (2004). An evaluation study of field instructors: a<br />
collaborative approach to enhancing cultural competence. Journal of Social Work Education, 40, 27.<br />
Arredondo, P., Toporek, M. S., Brown, S., Jones, J., Locke, D. C., Sanchez, J. et al.<br />
(1996). Operationalization of the Multicultural Counselling Competencies. Alexandria, VA: Association<br />
for Multicultural Counselling and Development .<br />
Association for Multicultural Counselling and Development. (1996). What is AMCD?<br />
[online]. Retrieved 03-03-2009 from http://www.amcdaca.org/amcd/whatisamcd.cfm<br />
Association of American Medical Colleges (2005). Cultural Competence Education for<br />
medical students [online]. Retrieved 13-02-2009 from<br />
http://www.aamc.org/meded/tacct/culturalcomped.pdf<br />
Baquet, C., Carter-Pokras, O., & Bengen-Seltzer, B. (2004). <strong>Health</strong>care Disparities and<br />
Models for Change. The American Journal of Managed Care, 10.<br />
Basok, T. (2007). Barriers and Bridges: Enhancing Access to Services for Newcomers<br />
with Physical & Mental Disabilities. CERIS Working Papers.<br />
Beach, M., Price, E., Gary, T., & et al. (2005). Cultural competence: a systematic review<br />
of health care provider educational interventions. Medical Care, 43, 356-373.<br />
Beach, M. C., Gary, T. L., Price, E. G., Robinson, K., Gozu, A., Palacio, A. et al. (2006).<br />
Improving health care quality for racial/ethnic minorities: a systematic review of the best evidence<br />
regarding provider and organization interventions. Public <strong>Health</strong>, 6.<br />
Beal, A. C. (2004). Policies to Reduce Racial and Ethnic Disparities in Child <strong>Health</strong> and<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Care. <strong>Health</strong> Affairs, 23, 171-179.<br />
Benzeval, M. (2002). England. In J.Mackenbach & M. J. Bakker (Eds.), Reducing<br />
Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong>: A European Perspective (pp. 201-213). New York: Routledge.<br />
Benzeval, M., Judge, K., & Whitehead, M. (1995). Tackling Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong>: an<br />
agenda for action. London: Kings Fund.<br />
Betancourt, J. R., Green, A. R., & Carillo, J. E. (2002). Cultural Competence in <strong>Health</strong><br />
Care: Emerging Frameworks and Practical Approaches. New York: Commonwealth Fund of New York.<br />
Betancourt, J. R., Green, A. R., Carrillo, J. E., & Park, E. R. (2005). Cultural
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Competence and <strong>Health</strong> Care Disparities: Key Perspectives and Trends. <strong>Health</strong> Affairs, 24, 499-505.<br />
Bhui, K., Warfa, N., Edonya, P., McKenzie, K., & Bhugra, D. (2007). Cultural<br />
competence in mental health care: a review of model evaluations. BMC.<strong>Health</strong> Serv.Res., 7, 15.<br />
Bieschke, K., Gehlert, K., Wilson, D., Matthews, C., & Wade, J. (2003). Qualitative<br />
analysis of multicultural awareness in training groups. Journal for Specialists in Group Work, 28, 325.<br />
Black, D. & Smith, C. (1992). The Black Report. In P.Townsend, N. Davidson, & M.<br />
Whitehead (Eds.), Inequalities in health: the Black Report and the <strong>Health</strong> Divide. New York: Penguin.<br />
Brach, C. & Fraser, I. (2000). Can Cultural Competency Reduce Racial And Ethnic<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Disparities? A <strong>Review</strong> And Conceptual Model. Medical Care Research and <strong>Review</strong>, 57, 181-217.<br />
Braveman, P. & Gruskin, S. (2003). Defining Equity in <strong>Health</strong>. Journal of Epidemiology<br />
and Community <strong>Health</strong>, 57, 254-258.<br />
British Columbia Ministry of <strong>Health</strong> Planning. (2002). The picture of health: how we are<br />
modernizing British Columbia's health care system. Victoria: Ministry of <strong>Health</strong> Planning.<br />
Brotherton, S. E., Rockey, P. H., & Etzel, S. I. (2004). U.S. Graduate Medical Education:<br />
2003-2004. Journalof the American Medical Association, 292, 1032-1037.<br />
California Endowment. (2003). Principles and Recommended Standards for Cultural<br />
Competence Education of <strong>Health</strong> Care Professionals [online]. Retrieved 29-12-2008 from<br />
http://calendow.org/uploadedFiles/principles_standards_cultural_competence.pdf<br />
California Endowment. (2007). Building Culturally Competent <strong>Health</strong> Systems in<br />
California [online]. Retrieved 21-01-2009 from http://www.cpehn.org/pdfs/CL%20Hospital%20Brief.pdf<br />
Campinha-Bacote, J. (1996). The challenge of cultural diversity for nurse educators.<br />
Journal of Continuing Education in Nursing, 27, 59-64.<br />
Campinha-Bacote, J. & Campinha-Bacote, D. (1999). A framework for providing<br />
culturally competent health care services in managed care organizations. Journal of transcultural nursing :<br />
official journal of the Transcultural Nursing Society / Transcultural Nursing Society, 10, 290-291.<br />
Canadian Population <strong>Health</strong> Initiative. (2002). Canadian Population <strong>Health</strong> Initiative<br />
Brief to the Commission on the Future of <strong>Health</strong> Care in Canada. CPHI. [online]. Retrieved 20-<br />
02-2004 from http://secure.cihi.ca/ cihiweb/en/downloads/cphi policy romanowbrief e.pdf, 2002.<br />
Carpenter-Song, E., Schwallie, M. N., & Longhofer, J. (2009). Cultural Competence<br />
Reexamined: Critique and Directions for the Future . Psychiatric Services, 58.<br />
Cashin, C., Scheffler, R., Felton, M., Adams, N., & Miller, L. (2008). Transformation of<br />
the California Mental <strong>Health</strong> System: Stakeholder-Driven Planning as a Transformational Activity.<br />
Psychiatric Service, 59, 1107-1114.<br />
Chestang, L. W. (1998). Preface . In M.Hernandez & M. Isaacs (Eds.), Promoting<br />
Cultural Competence in Children's Mental <strong>Health</strong> Services. Baltimore, Maryland: Paul H. Brookes<br />
Publishing Co.<br />
Chevannes, M. (2002). Issues in educating health professionals to meet the diverse<br />
needs of patients and other service users from ethnic minority groups. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 39,<br />
290-298.<br />
Chrisman, N. J. (2007). Extending Cultural Competence Through Systems Change:<br />
Academic, Hospital, and Community Partnerships. Journal of Transcultural Nursing, 18, 68S-76S.<br />
Commission on the Future of <strong>Health</strong> Care in Canada. (2002). Building on values: the<br />
future of health care in Canada. Saskatoon: Commission on the Future of <strong>Health</strong> Care in Canada.<br />
Conviser, R. (2007). Catalyzing System Changes to Make HIV Care More Accessible.<br />
Journal of <strong>Health</strong> Care for the Poor and Underserved, 18, 224-243.<br />
Cross, T. L., Benjamin, M. P., Isaacs, M. R., Portland State University, Research and<br />
Training Center to Improve Services for Seriously Emotionally Handicapped Children and Their Families,<br />
CASSP Technical Assistance Center et al. (1989). Towards a culturally competent system of care.<br />
Washington, D.C: CASSP Technical Assistance Center, Georgetown University Child Development<br />
Center.<br />
Crosson, J., Deng, W., Brazeau, C., Boyd, L., & Soto-Greene, M. (2004). Evaluating<br />
the effect of cultural competency training on medical student attitudes. Family Medicine, 36, 199-<br />
203.<br />
Culyer, A. J. (2007). Equity of What in <strong>Health</strong>care? Why the Traditional Answers Don't<br />
Help Policy - and What to Do in the Future. <strong>Health</strong>care Papers, 8, 12-26.<br />
Curtis, E. F. D., Dreachslin, J., & Sinioris, M. (2007). Diversity and Cultural Competence<br />
130
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Training in <strong>Health</strong> Care Organizations: Hallmarks of Success. <strong>Health</strong> Care Manager, 26, 255-262.<br />
Davies,H.T.O., Nut, S., Smith, P.C. (Eds.). What Works? Evidence-Based Policy and<br />
Practice in Public Services (2000). Bristol: Policy Press.<br />
Dahlgren, G. & Whitehead, M. (1991). Policies and Strategies to Promote Equity in<br />
<strong>Health</strong>. Copenhagen: World <strong>Health</strong> Organization Regional Office for Europe.<br />
Davies, H. T. O., Washington, A. E., & Bindman, A. (2002). <strong>Health</strong> Care Report Cards:<br />
Implications for Vulnerable Patient Groups and the Organizations Providing Them Care. Journal of <strong>Health</strong><br />
Policy Politics and Law, 27, 379-399.<br />
Department of <strong>Health</strong> (UK). (1999). Reducing <strong>Health</strong> Inequalities: an Action Report.<br />
London: The Stationery Office.<br />
Department of <strong>Health</strong> (UK). (2000). The NHS Plan: a Plan for Investment, a Plan for<br />
Reform. London: The Stationery Office.<br />
Department of <strong>Health</strong> and Community Services. (2002). <strong>Health</strong>ier together: a strategic<br />
health plan for Newfoundland and Labrador. St. John's: Government of Newfoundland and Labrador.<br />
Department of <strong>Health</strong> (UK). (2004). Choosing health: Making healthy choices<br />
Easier 2004. London: Department of <strong>Health</strong>.<br />
Department of <strong>Health</strong> (UK). (2007). The Work of the Equality and Human Rights Group<br />
[online]. Retrieved 14-01-2009 from<br />
http://www.dh.gov.uk/en/Managingyourorganisation/Equalityandhumanrights/DH_077319<br />
Department of <strong>Health</strong> (UK). (2007). Single Equality Scheme 2007-2010.<br />
Department of <strong>Health</strong> (UK). (2008). Equality Impact Assessment: summary tool and<br />
guidance for policy makers. UK: Department of <strong>Health</strong>.<br />
Department of <strong>Health</strong> (UK). (2008). Equality Impact Assessment - <strong>Health</strong> Inequalities:<br />
Progress and Next Steps. UK: Department of <strong>Health</strong>.<br />
Dolhun, E. P., Muñoz, C., & Grumbach, K. (2003). Cross-cultural education in U.S.<br />
medical schools: Development of an assessment tool. Academic Medicine, 78, 615-622.<br />
Dreachslin, J. L. & Myers, V. L. (2007). A systems approach to culturally and<br />
linguistically competent care. Journal of healthcare management / American College of <strong>Health</strong>care<br />
Executives, 52, 220-226.<br />
Engebretson, J., Mahoney, J., & Carlson, E. (2008). Cultural Competence in the Era of<br />
Evidence-Based Practice. Journal of Professional Nursing, 24, 172-178.<br />
Exworthy, M. & Berney, L. (2000). What Counts and What Works? Evaluating Policies<br />
to Tackle <strong>Health</strong> Inequalities. Renewal, 8, 47-55.<br />
Exworthy, M. & Washington, A. E. (2006). Organizational strategies to tackle health-care<br />
disparities in the USA. <strong>Health</strong> Services Management Research, 19, 44.<br />
Exworthy, M., Bindman A., Davies, H., & Washington, A. E. (2006). Evidence into Policy<br />
and Practice? Measuring the Progress of U.S. and U.K. Policies to Tackle Disparities and Inequalities in<br />
U.S. and U.K. <strong>Health</strong> and <strong>Health</strong> Care. The Milbank Quarterly, 84, 75-109.<br />
Exworthy, M. & Joseph Rowntree Foundation. (2003). Tackling health inequalities since<br />
the Acheson inquiry. Bristol, UK: Policy Press.<br />
Frankish CJ, Green LW, Ratner PA, Chomik T, & Larsen C. (1996). <strong>Health</strong> Impact<br />
Assessment as a Tool for Population <strong>Health</strong> Promotion and Public Policy. A Report Submitted to the<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Promotion Development Division of <strong>Health</strong> Canada. British Columbia: Institute of <strong>Health</strong><br />
Promotion, Research University of British Columbia.<br />
Galabuzi, G. & Labonte. R. (2002). Social Inclusion as a Determinant of <strong>Health</strong> [online].<br />
Retrieved 30-06-2006 from http://www.phacaspc.gc.ca/phsp/phdd/pdf/overview_implications/03_inclusion_e.pdf<br />
Gardner, B. (2008a). Toronto <strong>Central</strong> LHIN <strong>Health</strong> Equity Discussion Paper [online].<br />
Retrieved 30-12-2008 from<br />
http://www.torontocentrallhin.on.ca/uploadedFiles/Home_Page/Report_and_Publications/<strong>Health</strong>%20Equit<br />
y%20Discussion%20Paper%20v1.0.pdf.<br />
Gardner, B. (2008b). Toronto <strong>Central</strong> LHIN <strong>Health</strong> Equity Discussion Paper. Executive<br />
Summary [online]. Retrieved 30-12-2008 from<br />
http://www.torontocentrallhin.on.ca/uploadedFiles/Home_Page/Report_and_Publications/<strong>Health</strong>%20Equit<br />
y%20Discussion%20Paper%20Executive%20Summary%20v1.0.pdf<br />
Giacomini, M., Kenny, N., & DeJean, D. (2009). Ethics frameworks in Canadian health<br />
131
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
policies: Foundation, scaffolding, or window dressing? <strong>Health</strong> Policy, 89, 58-71.<br />
Global Equity Gauge. (2009). Global Equity Gauge Alliance [online]. Retrieved 11-01-<br />
2009 from http://www.gega.org.za/concepts.php<br />
Goh, M. (2005). Cultural Competence and Master Therapists: An Inextricable<br />
Relationship. Journal of Mental <strong>Health</strong> Counselling, 27.<br />
Gothenburg: WHO European Centre for <strong>Health</strong> Policy and Nordic School of Public<br />
<strong>Health</strong>. (2001).<br />
Gozu, A., Beach, M. C., Price, E. G., Gary, T. L., Robinson, K., Palacio, A. et al. (2007).<br />
Self-administered instruments to measure cultural competence of health professionals: a systematic review.<br />
Teaching and Learning in Medicine, 19, 180-190.<br />
GTA Diversity and LHINS Working Group (2008a). A Diversity Self-Assessment Tool for<br />
<strong>Local</strong> <strong>Health</strong> Integration Networks [online]. Retrieved 19-01-2009 from<br />
http://healthequitycouncil.ca/dev/media/attachments/resources/HEC%20-%20Diversity%20Self-<br />
Assessment%20Tool.doc<br />
GTA Diversity and LHINS Working Group. (2008b). GTA Diversity and Ontario's<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Transformation Agenda. Fact Sheet #2: Social Determinants of <strong>Health</strong>: Why Do They Matter?<br />
[online]. Retrieved 18-01-2009 from<br />
http://healthequitycouncil.ca/dev/media/attachments/resources/Fact%20Sheet%202-<br />
%20Social%20Determinants%20of%20<strong>Health</strong>.doc<br />
Haarmans, M. (2004). A <strong>Review</strong> of Clinical Cultural Competence: Definitions, Key<br />
Components, Standards and Selected Trainings. Toronto, Canada: Centre for Addiction and Mental <strong>Health</strong>.<br />
Harris, E., Harris, P., & Kemp, L. (2006). Rapid equity focused health impact<br />
assessment of the Australia Better <strong>Health</strong> Initiative: assessing the NSW components of priorities 1 and 3.<br />
Sydney, Australia: UNSW Research Centre for Primary <strong>Health</strong> Care and Equity.<br />
Harris, E. (2007). NSW <strong>Health</strong> HIA Capacity Building Program: mid-term review.<br />
Sydney: Centre for Primary <strong>Health</strong> Care and Equity, University of New South Wales.<br />
Hayes-Bautista, D. E. (2003). Research on culturally competent healthcare systems:<br />
Less sensitivity, more statistics. American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 24, 8-9.<br />
Hayward, D. (2007). Tackling health inequalities in England - policy development and<br />
progress. Case study prepared by Department of <strong>Health</strong> UK for the Commission on Social Determinants of<br />
<strong>Health</strong>. London: Department of <strong>Health</strong>.<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Canada. (1994). Strategies for Population <strong>Health</strong>: Investing in the <strong>Health</strong> of<br />
Canadians. Ottawa, Canada: <strong>Health</strong> Canada.<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Canada. (1998). Taking Action on Population <strong>Health</strong>. Ottawa, Ontario: <strong>Health</strong><br />
Canada.<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Canada. (2000). <strong>Health</strong> Canada's Gender-Based Analysis Policy. Ottawa,<br />
Canada: Published by authority of the Minister of <strong>Health</strong>.<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Disparities Task Group of the Federal/Provincial/Territorial Advisory Committee<br />
on Population <strong>Health</strong> and <strong>Health</strong> Security. (2004). Reducing <strong>Health</strong> Disparities - Roles of the <strong>Health</strong><br />
Sector: Discussion Paper [online]. Retrieved 11-01-2009 from Public <strong>Health</strong> Agency of Canada Website,<br />
http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/ph-sp/disparities/ddp-eng.php<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Resources and Services Administration, USDHHS & The Lewin Group<br />
Inc. (2002). Indicators of Cultural Competence in <strong>Health</strong> Care Delivery Organizations: An Organizational<br />
Cultural Competence Assessment Profile [online]. Retrieved 09-01-2009 from<br />
http://www.hrsa.gov/culturalcompetence/indicators/<br />
<strong>Health</strong>y Living Task Group of the Federal/Provincial/Territorial Advisory Committee on<br />
Population <strong>Health</strong> and <strong>Health</strong> Security. (2003). An Integrated Pan-Canadian <strong>Health</strong>y Living Strategy A<br />
Discussion Document for the <strong>Health</strong>y Living Symposium Canada.<br />
Hernandez, M., Mareasa R, I., Nesman, T., & Burns, D. (1998). Perspectives on<br />
Culturally Competent Systems of Care. In M.Hernandez & M. Isaacs (Eds.), Promoting Cultural<br />
Competence in Children's Mental <strong>Health</strong> Services (pp. 1-28). Baltimore, Maryland: Paul H. Brookes<br />
Publishing Co.<br />
Hills, J. & Stewart, K. (2005). A more equal society? New labour, poverty, inequality<br />
and exclusion. Bristol, UK: Policy Press.<br />
Howden-Chapman, P. & Tobias, M. (2000). Social Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong>: New Zealand<br />
1999. Wellington: Ministry of <strong>Health</strong>.<br />
132
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Howden-Chapman, P. & Kawachi, I. (2002). Room for a view: A non-European<br />
perspective on European policies to minimize socioeconomic inequalities in health. In J.Mackenbach & M.<br />
J. Bakker (Eds.), Reducing Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong>: A European Perspective (pp. 325-334). New York:<br />
Routledge.<br />
Illsley, R. (1955). Social class selection and class differences in relation to stillbirths and<br />
infant deaths. British Medicine Journal, 2, 1520-1524.<br />
International Council of Nurses (2005). Regulation Terminology Version 1 Geneva: ICN.<br />
Jain, M. (2007). Ontario's Chronic Disease Prevention and Management Framework.<br />
Presentation at GTA Rehab Network Best Practices Day. [online]. Retrieved 11-02-2009 from<br />
http://www.gtarehabnetwork.ca/downloads/bpd2007/bpd2007-pres-plenary.pdf<br />
Janzen, R., Ochocka, J., & and the 'Taking Culture Seriously' Partners (2006). The Road<br />
Toward Cultural Empowerment: An Invitation To Inclusion. In D.Zinga (Ed.), (pp. 58-76). Cambridge<br />
Scholars Press.<br />
Jirwe, M., Gerrish, K. & Emami, A. (2006). The theoretical framework of cultural<br />
competence. Journal of Multicultural Nursing and <strong>Health</strong>, 12, 6-16.<br />
Jordan, D. (1998). Cultural Competence and the Systems of Care Planning Model:<br />
Consolidation of Two Planning Strategies. In M.Hernandez & M. Isaacs (Eds.), Promoting Cultural<br />
Competence in Children's Mental <strong>Health</strong> Services (pp. 47-65). Baltimore, Maryland: Paul H. Brookes<br />
Publishing Co.<br />
Judge, K., Barnes, M., Bauld, L., Benzeval, M., Killoran, A., Robinson, R. et al. (1999).<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Action Zones: Learning to Make a Difference. PSSRU Discussion Paper 1546. Canterbury:<br />
University of Canterbury.<br />
Judge, K. & Mackenzie, M. (2002). Theory-based evaluation: New approaches to<br />
evaluating complex community-based initiatives. In J.Mackenbach & M. J. Bakker (Eds.), Reducing<br />
Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong>: A European Perspective (pp. 300-312). New York: Routledge.<br />
Kawachi I, S. S. A.-F. N. (2002). A glossary for health inequalities. Journal of<br />
Epidemiology and Community <strong>Health</strong>, 56, 647-652.<br />
Keppel, K., Bilheimer, L., & Gurley, L. (2007). Improving Population <strong>Health</strong> and<br />
Reducing <strong>Health</strong> Care Disparities. <strong>Health</strong> Affairs, 26, 1281-1292.<br />
Kim-Godwin, Y. S. e. al. (2001). A model for the delivery of culturally competent<br />
community care. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 35, 918-925.<br />
Kumas, Z. T. Z., Beagan, B., Loppie, C., MacLeod, A., & Frank, B. (2007). Measures of<br />
Cultural Competence: Examining Hidden Assumptions. Academic Medicine, 82, 548-557.<br />
Legislative Assembly of British Columbia. (2001). Patients first: renewal and reform of<br />
British Columbia's health care system: Select Standing Committee on <strong>Health</strong> Report. Victoria: Office of the<br />
Clerk of Committees Select Standing Committee on <strong>Health</strong>.<br />
Leininger, M. (1995). Transcultural nursing: Concepts, theories, research, & practices.<br />
New York: McGraw-Hill, Inc.<br />
Leininger, M. & McFarland, M. R. (2002). Transcultural nursing: concepts, theories,<br />
research and practice (3. ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill Medical Publishing Division.<br />
Leong, F. T. L. (1998). Definitions and measurement of cross-cultural counselling<br />
competencies. Notes from a Roundtable on Conceptualizing and Measuring Cultural Competence. [online].<br />
Retrieved 3-3-2009 from<br />
http://www.mentalhealth.org/cmhs/CommunitySupport/research/publications/pn39C3.asp<br />
Lettner, M. (2008a). <strong>Health</strong> Equity Now: A Working Paper for the Best First Steps for<br />
Ontario [online]. Retrieved 03-01-2009 from wellesleyinstitute.com/files/<strong>Health</strong>EquityNow.pdf<br />
Lettner, M. (2008b). <strong>Health</strong> equity roundtable dialogue highlights [online]. Retrieved 03-<br />
01-2009 from wellesleyinstitute.com/files/healthequitydialoguehighlights.pdf<br />
Lettner, M. (2008c). <strong>Health</strong> Equity Working Session, February 28, 2008. Backgrounder<br />
[online]. Retrieved 03-01-2009 from<br />
wellesleyinstitute.com/files/healthequity/heroundtablebackgrounder.pdf<br />
London <strong>Health</strong> Commission. (2008). <strong>Health</strong> Inequalities and Equality Impact<br />
Assessment of '<strong>Health</strong>care for London: consulting the capital'. Final Report (2008). London: London<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Commission.<br />
Luqyis, R. R. & Perez, M. A. (2003). Achieving cultural competence: The challenges for<br />
health educators. American Journal of <strong>Health</strong> Education, 34.<br />
133
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Mackenbach, J. P., Bakker, M. J., Kunst, A. E., & Diderichsen, F. (2002a).<br />
Socioeconomic inequalities in health in Europe: An overview. In J.Mackenbach & M. J. Bakker (Eds.),<br />
Reducing Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong>: A European Perspective (pp. 3-24). New York: Routledge.<br />
Mackenbach, J. P., Bakker, M. J., Sihto, M., & Diderichsen, F. (2002b). Strategies to<br />
reduce socioeconomic inequalities in health. In J.Mackenbach & M. J. Bakker (Eds.), Reducing Inequalities<br />
in <strong>Health</strong>: A European Perspective (pp. 25-49). New York: Routledge.<br />
Mackenbach, J. P., & Bakker, M. J. (2002). By way of conclusion: Key messages for<br />
policy-makers. In J.Mackenbach & M. J. Bakker (Eds.), Reducing Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong>: A European<br />
Perspective (pp. 337-342). New York: Routledge.<br />
Martinez, K. M., Green, C. E., & Sanundo, F. M. (2004). The CLAS challenge: promoting<br />
culturally and linguistically appropriate services in health care. International Journal of Public<br />
Administration, 27, 39-61.<br />
McGinnis JM, Williams-Russo P, & Knickman JR (2002). The case for more active<br />
attention to health promotion. <strong>Health</strong> Affair, 11, 93.<br />
Miyake Geron, S. (2002). Cultural Competency: How is it measured? Does it make a<br />
difference? Generations, 26, 39-45.<br />
Moloughney, B. (2007). A Discussion Paper on Public <strong>Health</strong>, <strong>Local</strong> <strong>Health</strong> Integration<br />
Networks, and Regional <strong>Health</strong> Authorities. Executive Summary. Prepared for Ontario Public <strong>Health</strong><br />
Association.<br />
Nerenz, D. (2005). <strong>Health</strong> Care Organizations' Use of Race/Ethnicity Data to Address<br />
Quality Disparities. <strong>Health</strong> Affairs, 24, 409-416.<br />
Nerenz, D. R., Gunter, M. J., Garcia, M., Green-Weir, R., Wisdom, K., & Joseph, C.<br />
(2002). Developing a <strong>Health</strong> Plan Report Card on Quality of Care for Minority Populations: Field Report.<br />
New York: Commonwealth Fund.<br />
New York State Department of <strong>Health</strong>. (2004). Graduate Medical Education Reform<br />
Incentive Pool [online]. Retrieved 27-12-2004 from www.health.state.ny.us/nysdoh/gme/main.htm<br />
New Zealand Ministry of <strong>Health</strong>. (2002). Reducing Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong> [online].<br />
Retrieved 21-1-2009 from Ministry of <strong>Health</strong> Website,<br />
http://www.moh.govt.nz/moh.nsf/0/523077dddeed012dcc256c550003938b/$FILE/ReducIneqal.pdf<br />
NHS London (2007). Single Equality Scheme (2007-2010) [online]. Retrieved 19-01-<br />
2009 from http://www.london.nhs.uk/<br />
NHS London (2008). NHS London Strategic Plan 2008-2013. [online]. Retrieved 19-01-<br />
2009 from http://www.london.nhs.uk/<br />
North <strong>Central</strong> London Strategic <strong>Health</strong> Authority (2006). London NHS transition workstream<br />
on Equalities [online]. Retrieved 13-02-2009 from<br />
http://www.nclha.nhs.uk/publications/london_NHS_transition_equalities_workstream_final.doc.<br />
Office of Minority <strong>Health</strong>, USDHHS. (2001). National Standards for Culturally<br />
and Linguistically Appropriate Services in <strong>Health</strong> Care, Final Report [online]. Retrieved 23-7-2009 from<br />
http://www.omhrc.gov/assets/ pdf/checked/finalreport.pdf<br />
Olavarria, M., Beaulac, J., Bélanger, A., Young, M., & Aubry, T. (2005). Standards of<br />
Organizational Cultural Competence for Community <strong>Health</strong> and Social Service Organizations. Report for<br />
Centretown Community <strong>Health</strong> Centre. Ottawa, ON: University of Ottawa, Centre for Research on<br />
Community Services.<br />
Olavarria, M., Beaulac, J., Bélanger, A., Young, M., & Aubry, T. (2005). Organizational<br />
Cultural Competence: Self-Assessment Tools for Community <strong>Health</strong> and Social Service Organizations.<br />
Report for Centretown Community <strong>Health</strong> Centre. Ottawa, ON: University of Ottawa, Centre for Research<br />
on Community Services.<br />
Ontario <strong>Health</strong> Quality Council (2006). 2006 First Yearly Report. Ontario: Queen's<br />
Printer for Ontario.<br />
Ontario <strong>Health</strong> Quality Council (2007). Q Monitor. 2007 Report on Ontario's <strong>Health</strong><br />
System. Ontario: Queen's Printer for Ontario.<br />
Ontario Ministry of Children and Youth Services. (2005). Achieving Cultural<br />
Competence. A Diversity Toolkit for Residential Care Settings. Ontario: Ministry of Children and Youth<br />
Services.<br />
Oxman-Martinez, J. & Hanley, J. (2004). Research on Diversity: Contributions to Better<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Policy and Practice. Our Diverse Cities, No.1, 115-117.<br />
134
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Paterson, I. & Judge, K. (2002). Equality of access to healthcare. In J.Mackenbach & M.<br />
J. Bakker (Eds.), Reducing Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong>: A European Perspective (pp. 169-187). New York:<br />
Routledge.<br />
Public <strong>Health</strong> Agency of Canada [PHAC] (2007). Crossing sectors – experiences in<br />
intersectoral action, public policy and health. Ottawa: Public <strong>Health</strong> Agency of Canada.<br />
Public <strong>Health</strong> Agency of Canada & World <strong>Health</strong> Organization (2008). <strong>Health</strong> Equity<br />
Through Intersectoral Action: An Analysis of 18 Country Case Studies. Ottawa: Public <strong>Health</strong> Agency of<br />
Canada.<br />
Purnell, L. D. & Paulanka, B. J. (2005). Guide to culturally competent health care.<br />
Philadelphia, PA: F.A. Davis Co.<br />
Pyles, L. & Kim, K. M. (2006). A multilevel approach to cultural competence: a study of<br />
the community response to underserved domestic violence. Families in Society, 87, 221-229.<br />
Qureshi, A., Collazos, F., Ramos, M., & Casas, M. (2008). Cultural competency training<br />
in psychiatry. European Psychiatry, 23, 49-58.<br />
Rachlis, M. (2007). <strong>Health</strong> and Equity: What can the health care system do? [online].<br />
Retrieved 4-1-2009 from Workshop Presentation,<br />
http://wellesleyinstitute.com/files/healthequity/<strong>Health</strong>andEquityPresentation.pdf<br />
Rachlis, M. (2008). Operatlizing <strong>Health</strong> Equity: How Ontario's Heath Services Can<br />
Contribute to Reducing <strong>Health</strong> Disparities [online]. Retrieved 14-1-2009 from<br />
http://wellesleyinstitute.com/files/Operationalizing<strong>Health</strong>Equity.pdf<br />
Rangahau, T. R. (2009). Ministry of <strong>Health</strong> and Public <strong>Health</strong> Consultancy. 2003. A<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Equity Assessment Tool. Wellington: Public <strong>Health</strong> Consultancy,<br />
Wellington School of Medicne and <strong>Health</strong> Sciences.<br />
Raphael, D. & Bryant, T. (2006). The state's role in promoting population health: Public<br />
health concerns in Canada, USA, UK, and Sweden. <strong>Health</strong> Policy, 78, 39-55.<br />
Registered Nurse's Association of Ontario (2007). Embracing Cultural Diversity in <strong>Health</strong><br />
Care: Developing Cultural Competence [online]. Retrieved 29-12-2008 from<br />
http://www.rnao.org/Storage/29/2336_BPG_Embracing_Cultural_Diversity.pdf<br />
Report of the Cultural Competence Workgroup for the Projects for Assistance in<br />
Transition from Homelessness (2002). Retrieved 09-09-2006 from<br />
www.pathprogram.samhsa.gov/pdf/text/CulturalCompetence_8_20'02.asp<br />
Reseau de Medecine Genetique Appliquee du Quebec. (2002). Statement of principles<br />
on the ethical conduct of human genetic research involving populations. Quebec: Reseau de Medecine<br />
Genetique Appliquee du Quebec.<br />
Rice, M. F. (2007). A post-modern cultural competency framework for public<br />
administration and public service delivery. International Journal of Public Sector Management, 20, 622-<br />
637.<br />
Ritsatakis, A., Barnes, R., Douglas, M., & Scott-Samuel, A. (2002). <strong>Health</strong> impact<br />
assessment: An approach to promote intersectoral policies to reduce socioeconomic inequalities in health.<br />
In J.Mackenbach & M. J. Bakker (Eds.), Reducing Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong>: A European Perspective (pp.<br />
287-299). New York: Routledge.<br />
Robertson, A. & Swan, T. (2005). Integration Opportunity: Access to Integrated <strong>Health</strong><br />
Care for Racialized and Marginalized Communities - Executive Summary. Background Report Submitted to<br />
The Ministry of <strong>Health</strong> and Long Term Care.<br />
Rosenjack Burchum, J. L. (2002). Cultural competence: An evolutionary perspective.<br />
Nursing Forum, 37, 5-15.<br />
Sabik, L. M. & Lie, R. K. (2008). Priority setting in health care: Lessons from the<br />
experiences of eight countries. International Journal for Equity in <strong>Health</strong>, 7.<br />
Sakamoto, I. (2007). An Anti-Oppressive Approach to Cultural Competence. Canadian<br />
Social Work <strong>Review</strong>, 24, 105-114.<br />
Salas-Lopez, Holmes, L., Mouzon, D., & Soto-Greene, M. (2007). Cultural Competency<br />
in New Jersey: Evolution from Planning to Law. Journal of <strong>Health</strong> Care for the Poor and Underserved, 18,<br />
35-43.<br />
Saving Lives: Our <strong>Health</strong>ier Nation (1999). London: The Stationery Office.<br />
Schim, S. M., Doorenbos, A. Z., & Borse, N. N. (2005). Cultural Competence Among<br />
Ontario and Michigan <strong>Health</strong>care Providers. Journal of Nursing Scholarship, 37.<br />
135
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Shaya, F. & Gbarayor, C. M. (2006). The Case for Cultural Competence in <strong>Health</strong> Professions Education.<br />
American Journal of Pharmaceutical Education, 70.<br />
Simich, L., Rummens, J. A., Andermann, L., & Lo, T. (2006). Mental <strong>Health</strong> in Public<br />
<strong>Health</strong> Policy and Practice: Providing Culturally Appropriate Services in Acute and Post-Emergency<br />
Situations. CERIS Working Papers.<br />
Simpson, S., Mahoney, M., Harris, E., Aldrich, R., & Stewart-Williams, J. (2005). Equityfocused<br />
health impact assessment: A tool to assist policy makers in addressing health inequalities.<br />
Environmental Impact Assessment <strong>Review</strong>, 25, 772-782.<br />
Smedley, B. D. (2008). Moving Beyond Access: Achieving Equity In State <strong>Health</strong> Care<br />
Reform. <strong>Health</strong> Affairs, 27.<br />
Smedley, B. D. Stith, A. D., Nelson, A., & Committee on Understanding and<br />
Eliminating Racial and Ethnic Disparities in <strong>Health</strong> Care. (2002). Unequal Treatment: What <strong>Health</strong>care<br />
Providers Need to Know About Racial and Ethnic Disparities in <strong>Health</strong>care. U.S.: The National Academy<br />
of Science.<br />
Smedley, B. D., Stith, A. D., Nelson, A., & Committee on Understanding and<br />
Eliminating Racial and Ethnic Disparities in <strong>Health</strong> Care (2003). Unequal Treatment: Confronting Racial<br />
and Ethnic Disparities in <strong>Health</strong>care. Executive Summary. U.S.: The National Academies Press.<br />
Solar, O. & Irwin, A. (2007). A conceptual framework for action on the social<br />
determinants of health. Discussion paper for the Commission on Social Determinants of <strong>Health</strong>. Geneva:<br />
World <strong>Health</strong> Organization.<br />
Stampino, V. G. (2007). Improving Access to Multilingual <strong>Health</strong> Information for<br />
newcomers to Canada. Journal of the Canadian <strong>Health</strong> Libraries Association / Journal de l'Association des<br />
bibliothèques de la santé du Canada (JCHLA/JABSC), 28, 15-18.<br />
Stern, J. (1983). Social mobility and the interpretation of social class mortality<br />
differentials. Journal of Social Policy, 12, 27-49.<br />
Stronks, K. & Gunning-Schepers L.J. (1993). Should equity in health be target number<br />
1? European Journal of Public <strong>Health</strong>, 3, 104-111.<br />
Stronks, K. (2002). The Netherlands. In J.Mackenbach & M. J. Bakker (Eds.), Reducing<br />
Inequalities in <strong>Health</strong>: A European Perspective (pp. 249-261). New York: Routledge.<br />
Substance Abuse and Mental <strong>Health</strong> Services Administration. (1997). Cultural<br />
competence guidelines in managed care mental health services for Asian and Pacific Islander populations.<br />
Boulder, CO.: The Western Interstate Commission for Higher Education Mental <strong>Health</strong> Program, Asian<br />
and Pacific Islander American Task Force.<br />
Sue, D. W., Arredondo, P., & McDavis, R. J. (1992). Multicultural counselling<br />
competencies and standards: A call to the profession. Journal of Mulicultural Counselling and<br />
Development, 20, 64-88.<br />
Sue, D. W., Ivey, A. E., & Pederson, P. B. (1996). A theory of multicultural counselling<br />
and therapy. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.<br />
Sue, D. W. (2001). Multidimensional facets of cultural competence. The Counselling<br />
Psychologist, 29, 790-821.<br />
Sue, D. W., Carter, R. T., Casas, M., Fouad, N. A., Ivey, A., Jensen, M. et al. (1998).<br />
Multicultural counselling competencies individual and organizational development. Thousand Oaks, Calif:<br />
Sage.<br />
Sue, S. (2006). Cultural Competency: From Philosophy to Research and Practice.<br />
Journal of Community Psychology, 34, 237-245.<br />
Supportive Housingand Diversity Group (2008a). Home for All: What supportive housing<br />
agencies can do to be anti-oppressive and culturally competent. A Toolkit Toronto, Ontario: Supportive<br />
Housing and Diversity Group.<br />
Supportive Housingand Diversity Group (2008b). <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong>. Best Practices in<br />
Developing Culturally Competent Supportive Housing. Toronto, Ontario: Supportive Housing and<br />
Diversity Group.<br />
Sutcliffe P, Deber R, & Pasut G (1997). Public health in Canada: a comparative study.<br />
Canadian Journal of Public <strong>Health</strong>, 88, 246-249.<br />
Swift, E. K. (2002). Guidance for the National <strong>Health</strong>care Disparities Report.<br />
Washington, D.C.: National Academies Press.<br />
Talbot-Smith, A., Pollock, A., Crabbe, T., Leys, C., & McNally, N. (2006). The new NHS:<br />
136
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
a guide. London, UK: Routledge.<br />
Tervalon, M. & Murray-Garcia, J. (1998). Cultural humility versus cultural competence: a<br />
Critical discussion in defining physician training outcomes in multicultural education. Journal of <strong>Health</strong><br />
Care for the Poor and Underserved, 9, 117-125.<br />
Tomlinson-Clarke, S. (2000). Assessing outcomes in a multicultural training course: a<br />
qualitative study. Counselling Psychologist Quarterly, 13, 221.<br />
Trivedi, A., Gibbs, B., Nsiah-Jefferson, L., Ayanian, J. Z., & Prorthrow-Stith, D. (2005).<br />
Creating a State Minority <strong>Health</strong> Policy Report Card. <strong>Health</strong> Affairs, 24, 388-396.<br />
Tsang, A. K. T. & George, U. (1998). Towards an integrated framework for cross cultural<br />
social work practice. Canadian Social <strong>Review</strong>, 15, 73-93.<br />
Tugwell, P., O'Connor, A., Anderson, N., Mhatre, S., Kristjansson, E., Jacobsen, M. J. et<br />
al. (2006). Reduction of inequalities in health: assessing evidence-based tools. International Journal for<br />
Equity in <strong>Health</strong>, 5.<br />
Turner, A. (2008). Cultural Competence Training Survey - Results [online]. Retrieved 02-<br />
02-2009 from http://www.xculture.org/files/CC.Training.Survey.Final.Report.pdf<br />
United States Department of <strong>Health</strong> and Human Services, Administration on Aging<br />
(2001). Achieving Cultural Competence: A Guidebook for Providers of Services to Older Americans and<br />
Their Families.<br />
United States Department of <strong>Health</strong> and Human Services, <strong>Health</strong> Resources and<br />
Services and Administration. (2002). Definitions of Cultural Competence [online]. Retrieved 05-12-2005<br />
from www.bhpr.hrs. gov/diversity/cultcomp.htm<br />
van de Mheen, H., Stronks, K., & Mackenbach, J. P. (1998). A lifecourse perspective on<br />
socioeconomic inequalities in health: the influence of childhood socioeconomic conditions and selection<br />
processes. Social <strong>Health</strong> & Illness, 20, 754-777.<br />
van de Mheen, H., Stronks, K., Schrijvers, C., ., & Mackenbach, J. P. (1999). The<br />
influence of adult ill-health on occupational class mobility and mobility out of and into employment in The<br />
Netherlands. Social Science and Medicine, 49, 5-18.<br />
Vancouver Ethnocultural Advisory Committee of Ministry for Children and Families<br />
(1998). Cultural Competency Assessment Tool. Vancouver, British Columbia: Ministry for Children and<br />
Families.<br />
Vigero, D. & Illsley, R. (1995). Explaining health inequalities: beyond Black and Barker.<br />
European Social <strong>Review</strong>, 3, 1-23.<br />
Wadsworth, M. (1986). Serious illness in childhood and its association with later-life<br />
achievement. In R.G.Wilkinson (Ed.), Class and <strong>Health</strong>, Research and Longitudinal Data. London:<br />
Tavistock.<br />
Walshe, K. & Rundall, T. G. (2001). Evidence-Based Management: From Theory to<br />
Practice in <strong>Health</strong> Care. Milbank Quarterly, 79, 429-457.<br />
Wanless, D. (2004). Securing good health for the whole population. London, UK:<br />
Treasury Office.<br />
Weinick, R. M., Caglia, J., Friedman, E., & Flaherty, K. (2007). Measuring Racial and<br />
Ethnic Care Disparities in Massachusetts. <strong>Health</strong> Affairs, 26, 1293-1302.<br />
Whitehead, M. (1990). The Concepts and Principles of Equality and <strong>Health</strong>.<br />
Copenhagen: World <strong>Health</strong> Organization.<br />
Whitehead, M. (1998). Diffusion of ideas on social inequalities in health: a European<br />
perspective. Millbank Quarterly, 76, 469-492.<br />
Whitley, R. (2007). Cultural competence, evidence-based medicine, and evidence-based<br />
practices. Psychiatr.Serv., 58, 1588-1590.<br />
WHO & PHAC (2007). Improving health equity through intersectoral action. Geneva:<br />
World <strong>Health</strong> Organization and Public <strong>Health</strong> Agency of Canada Collaborative Project.<br />
Williamson D, Milligan CD, Kwan B, Frankish CJ, & Ratner PA (2003). Implementation of<br />
provincial/territorial health goals in Canada. <strong>Health</strong> Policy, 64, 173-191.<br />
Williamson D. (2001). The role of the health sector in addressing poverty. Canadian<br />
Journal of Public <strong>Health</strong>, 92, 178-182.<br />
Wilson-Stronks A, Lee KK, Cordero CL, Kopp AL, & Galvez E. (2008). One Size Does<br />
Not Fit All: Meeting the <strong>Health</strong> Care Needs of Diverse Populations. Oakbrook Terrace, IL: The Joint<br />
Commission.<br />
137
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong><br />
Wong, C. K. (2007). Assessing Performance in the Area of Cultural Competence: An<br />
Analysis of Reflective Writing. Journal of Physical Therapy Education, 21.<br />
Wong, Y.-L. R. (2003). Deconstructing culture in cultural competence: Dissenting voices<br />
from Asian-Canadian practitioners. Canadian Social Work <strong>Review</strong>, 20, 149-167.<br />
World <strong>Health</strong> Organization. (1978). Declaration of Alma-Ata [online]. Retrieved 07-01-<br />
2009 from http://www.searo.who.int/LinkFiles/<strong>Health</strong>_Systems_declaration_almaata.pdf<br />
World <strong>Health</strong> Organization. (2008). Closing the Gap in a Generation: <strong>Health</strong> equity<br />
through action on the social determinants of health. Final Report of the Commission on Social<br />
Determinants of <strong>Health</strong>. Geneva: World <strong>Health</strong> Organization.<br />
Xu, Y. (2007). Applying a conceptual framework of cultural competence to a proposed<br />
online nurse educator program. Home <strong>Health</strong> Care Management and Practice, 19, 319-323.<br />
138
The Culture, Diversity and Equity Project: <strong>Literature</strong> <strong>Review</strong>